Changeset 39063


Ignore:
Timestamp:
09/28/16 09:13:34 (7 years ago)
Author:
obi
Message:

reset wiki

Location:
wiki/pages
Files:
111 edited

Legend:

Unmodified
Added
Removed
  • wiki/pages/it/Settings-Backup-Restore

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.9 Settings Backup Restore''' [=#point3.5.9] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/system_Settings_Backup_Restore.jpg)]][[BR]]
     7>
     8> here you can backup and restore your settings.
     9
     10[[br]]
     11
     12To Exit from the menu press __"Exit"__ to cancel backup restore.
     13
     14
     15'''Coloured Button's Functions"
     16
     17 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the backup restore menu. [[BR]]
     18 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     19 
     20 ||'''Red Button: (Restore)''' ||Press this button to preform a restore from your previously saved settings.||
     21 ||'''Green Button: (Backup)''' ||Press this button to save your settings.||
     22 ||'''Yellow Button: (Log)''' ||Press this button to see the backup restore log.||
  • wiki/pages/it/Single-EPG

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.1.2 Single EPG''' [=#point3.1.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Single_EPG.jpg)]][[BR]]
     6>
     7Single EPG is a small easy to read vertical epg of a single channel that shows the information of the currently selected program.
     8
     9
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13
     14 '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions"
     15
     16 The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Single EPG menu.
     17 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     18 
     19 ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.||
     20 ||'''0 key (EPG Search):''' ||This will search the EPG for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
     21
     22For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([wiki:Records Records]) for more info.
     23
     24For information on setting proforming an EPG search using the 0 Key see ([wiki:EPG-Search#point103.10.5 EPG Search]) for more info.
  • wiki/pages/it/Skin

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.6.16 Skin''' [=#point3.6.16] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Skin.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9>here you can select your skin
     10
     11
     12[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/Skin-Adjust

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.6.7 Skin Adjust''' [=#point3.6.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Skin_Adjust.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9>Here you can edit your skin display settings
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13 ||'''Font Zize Adjust in Pixel''' ||Adjust the size of the fonts in the GUI.||
     14 ||'''Listbox Select:''' ||Select the display mode of the listbox select bar.||
     15 ||'''OSD Transparancy:''' ||Set the transpancy of the OSD when it is overlaying the TV display.||
     16 ||'''OSD Left Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the left edge of the display.||
     17 ||'''OSD Right Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the right edge of the display.||
     18 ||'''OSD Top Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the top edge of the display.||
     19 ||'''OSD Bottom Overscan:''' ||Set the value of the OSD overscan on the bottom edge of the display.||
     20 ||'''Show Hdd Freespace:''' ||show the Hdd Free space in the OSD. ||
     21 ||'''Listbox Select Colour:''' ||Press the red button to bring up a colour selection to display for the listbox select bar. ||
     22
     23 
     24 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     25 
     26[[br]]
     27----
  • wiki/pages/it/Smart-Card-Reader

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.3 Smart Card Reader''' [=#point3.5.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/system-Smart_Card_Reader.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9here you can setup your smart card.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13----
     14
     15 '''Coloured Button's Functions"
     16
     17 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
     18 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     19 
     20 ||'''Red Button: (Reset)''' ||This will reset the selected Smart Card.||
  • wiki/pages/it/Streaming

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.7.4 Streaming''' [=#point3.7.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0.2 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Streaming.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9> here you can view information on service info being streamed to another device.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
  • wiki/pages/it/Supported-Receivers

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2
     3----
     4'''7 Compatible Receivers''' [=#point7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0.2 Main page])
     5----
     6
     7Titan was originally releaced for SH4 based hardware from Atemio and Katherin, since the advent and popularity of TitanNit on the SH4 platform it has been releaced to the Mips platform also for instalation the latest Atemio recievers.
     8
     9The Atemio 5200 is the first reciever to include a mips based processor and will be the first officially supported reciever not of the SH4 chipset, and marks a new era for TitanNit.
     10
     11The current offerings of sh4 based recievers are a lot less powerfull than some of the mips devices out there, part of the reason why titan was developed for the SH4, with titan running on mips hardware we expect to see a very fast very capable feature packed system that we will all look forward to.
     12
     13Titan is also in development for the vu+ recievers and may be releaced in the future.
     14
     15TitanNit has also been made available for a variety of non-Atemio recievers manufactured by fortis, Atemio identical SH4 Fortis manufactured Receivers.
     16
     17
     18=== Currently, the following receivers are directly supported: ===
     19
     20
     21'''SH4 Atemio'''    ([http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage])
     22
     23 * Atemio 510
     24 * Atemio 520
     25 * Atemio 530
     26 * Atevio 700
     27 * Atevio 7000
     28 * Atemio 7600
     29
     30'''SH4 Fortis'''  ([http://www.fortis.co.kr Fortis homepage])
     31
     32 * [#point7.2 Fortis Clones hardware detection]
     33 * Fortis FS-9000
     34 * Fortis FS-9200
     35 * Fortis HS-9510
     36 * Fortis HX-8200
     37 * Fortis HS-7810
     38
     39'''SH4 Homecast'''    ([http://www.myhomecast.nl/ Homecast homepage])
     40
     41 * Homecast Pro
     42
     43 '''SH4 IPBox''' ([http://www.abipbox.com/ AB IPBox homepage])
     44
     45 * Ipbox91
     46 * Ipbox900
     47 * Ipbox910
     48 * Ipbox9000
     49
     50'''SH4 Katherin'''   ([http://www.kathrein-gmbh.at kathrein homepage])
     51
     52 * Kathrein UFS 910
     53 * Kathrein UFS 912 (license charges may apply)
     54 * Katherin UFS 922 (license charges may apply)
     55 * Katherin UFS 960
     56
     57'''SH4 Fulan/ Spark'''   ([http://www.spark-tv.com Spark homepage)]
     58
     59 * [#point7.6 Fulan Clones hardware detection]
     60 * Spark7111
     61 * Spark7162
     62
     63'''Mips Atemio'''   ([http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage])
     64
     65 * Atemio 5000 (AKA Nemisis)
     66 * Atemio 5200
     67 * Atemio 6000
     68 * Atemio 6100
     69 * Atemio 6200
     70
     71'''Mips Beyonwiz'''   ([Mips Beyonwiz Beyonwiz homepage])
     72
     73 * Beyonwiz T4
     74
     75'''Mips Golden Interstar'''   ([http://www.golden-interstar.pl Golden Interstar homepage])
     76
     77 * Xpeedlx1
     78 * Xpeedlx2
     79 * Xpeedlx3
     80
     81'''Mips Miraclebox'''   ([http://www.miraclebox.se/ Miraclebox homepage])
     82
     83 * MBUltra
     84 * MBMini
     85
     86
     87
     88'''Mips Sezam'''([http://www.sezam-club.ru/ homepage])
     89
     90 * Sezam-Marvel
     91
     92
     93
     94----
     95'''SH4 Fortis based clone receiver detection (hardware profile)''' [=#point7.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     96----
     97
     98This list will help you select the correct clone hardware model below is a specifications list check the back of your manual included with your receiver and look at the table below to select the correct hardware model.
     99This list has not yet been confirmed and some of these models may be incompatible with TitanNit.
     100
     101If you have successfully installed TitanNit on your Receiver please inform an admin member so this list can be updated.
     102
     103Please Note:
     104  * Due to differences between the VFDisplay programming and the supplied Remote Control units delivered with your Receiver a remapping of the remote control Layout may be necessary.
     105
     106  * Pre-Release Versions with the loader version 1.19 had problems when installing versions 1.21 and 1.54 and demand a replacement of the VF-Display in order for the Receiver to boot. Fault is an inbedded security feature. Therefor it is unknown if iboot will actually function with the Receivers. If you have one of these Receivers it would be advisable to take caution installing iboot.
     107
     108This table shows the last gen SH4 based receivers manufactured by fortis if you look in your manual of your reciever it will display the specifications and you may use the below table find out the base fortis model it is styled on to verify the compatibility with the corect Atemio/Atevio model.
     109
     110{{{#!div style="width: 1000px; margin: auto"
     111||'''Model System'''||'''Tuner'''||'''CPU'''||'''RAM'''||'''ROM (Flash)'''||'''USB'''||'''PVR Funktion'''||'''CardReader'''||'''Common interface'''||'''Width'''||'''Display'''||'''features'''||
     112||[#point7.3 Fortis FS-9000 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 2||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||2||Internal 2.5 or 3.5 SATA, external via USB||1 (*2)||2||11-segment||43 cm|| ||
     113||[#point7.3 Fortis FS-9200 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 2||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||2||eSATA & USB||1 (*2)||2||11-segment||34 cm|| ||
     114||[#point7.2 Fortis HS-9510]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||1||USB||1 (*2)||2||11- segment||34 cm|| ||
     115||[#point7.4 Fortis HX-8200 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2, DVB-T2, DVB-C 1/2||STI_7105 450 Mhz||256MB||64MB||3||Internal 2,5´´SATA-HDD external via eSATA + USB||2||2||11-segment||34 cm||Plug&Play Tuner, Youtube, Browser, FreeTV+||
     116||[#point7.5 Fortis HS-7810 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7110 450 Mhz||256MB||32MB||2||USB||1||2||4-segment||26 cm||YouTube, Browser, FreeTV+||
     117}}}
     118
     119
     120----
     121'''Atevio AV 700 HD simular hardware:''' [=#point7.2]
     122----
     123Single tuner no no built in YouTube, Browser or FreeTV+
     124
     125Fortis base model HS-9510HD PVR and possibly identical boxes:
     126 
     127  * Fortis HS- 9510 HD PVR 20000300 Korea.
     128  * Rebox RE- 4000HD PVR 20010300 Netherlands.
     129  * Octagon SF- 1008 20020300 Germany.
     130  * Octagon SF -1008 SE 20020303 Germany.
     131  * HD Box FS- 9100HD 20030300 Czech Republic.
     132  * Ultra Plus HD 980 20050300 New Zealand.
     133  * Openbox S5 HD PVR 20060302 Ukraine.
     134  * Tiviar S1 eco HD PVR 20070300 U.S.A. Switzerland .
     135  * Astro ASR 1100 Single HD 20110300 and 20110303 Germany .
     136  * Dreamsky DSR- 9600HD PVR 20120302 Belarus.
     137  * Skyway Classic 20130302 Russia.
     138  * I.Com HD -9000 DIVX 20140300 Syria.
     139  * I.Com HD -9000 DIVX II 20140702 Syria.
     140  * I.Com HD -9100 DIVX II 20140602 Syria.
     141  * XSPEED HD -9500 DIVX II 20140612 Syria.
     142  * Optibox Koala HD 20150300 Hungary.
     143  * Xcruiser XDSR400HD 20160302 Dubai.
     144  * VisionNet FS- 9510 HD PVR 20170302 Israel.
     145  * Gold Master HD -1060 HD PVR HD PVR -1070 -1080 PVR 20180302 Turkey
     146  * Powersat PO - 1000HD PVR 20190301
     147  * Star Track SRT 2010 HD 20210302 Dubai
     148  * O2 SRT 2012 HD 20210301 Dubai
     149  * Forever HS- 9510HD PVR 20220302 Algeria
     150  * Dynavision DV -9500 HDPVR 20230302 Dubai
     151  * Dynavision DV -9600 HDPVR 20230301 Dubai
     152  * GI S- 8290 HD PVR 20240602 Romania
     153  * Miraclebox 8 HD TWIN PVR 20250600 Sweden
     154  * Diginor 8800 HD 20260600 Sweden
     155  * Media Star ( Powers) HD 1200s 20270600 Australia
     156  * MaxFly 9500 HD 20280602 Syria
     157  * SuperBox SX 9518 HD 20300302 Moldova
     158  * Elcomax Elux I 20310301 Iran
     159
     160[#point7 Top of Page]
     161
     162----
     163'''Atevio AV 7000 HD simular hardware:''' [=#point7.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     164----
     165Fortis base model FS-9000 and FS-9200 differ due to option of including an internal harddisk.
     166
     167FS- 9000 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes"
     168
     169  * Fortis FS- 9000HD 20000000 Korea
     170  * Rebox RE- 9000HD 20010000 Netherlands
     171  * Octagon SF 1018 20020000 Germany
     172  * HD Box FS -9300 HD 20030000 Czech Republic
     173  * Ultra Plus F- 9000HD 20050000 New Zealand        ''' Confirmed by ''' ([http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/member.php?24970-professor_jonny Professor_Jonny])
     174
     175  * Openbox S8 HD PVR 20060000 Ukraine
     176  * Tiviar F1 HD PVR USA 20070000 Switzerland
     177  * Icecrypt S4000 HDPVR 20080000 England
     178  * Skyway Diamond 20130000 Russia
     179  * Dynavision DV -9000 HDPVR 200230000 Dubai
     180 
     181FS- 9200 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes:
     182
     183  * Fortis FS- 9200HD PVR 20000100 Korea
     184  * Rebox RE- 8000HD 20010100 Netherlands
     185  * HD Box FS- 9200HD 20030100 Czech Republic
     186  * Arcon Titan 2010HD 20040100 Germany
     187  * Openbox S7 HD PVR 20060100 Ukraine
     188  * Tiviar T1 HD PVR 20070100 Switzerland
     189  * Astro ASR 1200 Twin HD 20110100 Germany
     190  * Dreamsky DSR- 9700HD PVR 20120100 Belarus
     191  * Skyway Platinum 20130100 Russia
     192  * I.Com Twin HD -9200 DIVX 20140100 Syria
     193  * I.Com Twin HD -9200 DIVX II 20140101 Syria
     194  * Gold Master 1090 HD PVR 20180100 Turkey
     195  * Dynavision DV -9200 HDPVR 20230100 Dubai
     196 
     197[#point7 Top of Page]
     198
     199----
     200'''Atevio/ Atemio AV 7500 7600 HD simular hardware:''' [=#point7.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     201----
     202This model has a removable tuner and has YouTube, Browser, FreeTV+
     203
     204Fortis base model HX -8200 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes:
     205
     206  * Fortis HX -8200 HD PVR 230000X0 Korea
     207  * Rebox RE -8500 HD PVR 230100X0 Netherlands
     208  * Octagon SF 1028P Noblence 230200X0 Germany
     209  * Skyway Droid 230400X0 Russia
     210  * Openbox S9 HD PVR 230500X0 Ukraine
     211  * Icecrypt STC6000HDPVR 230600X0 UK
     212  * Miraclebox 9 HD TWIN PVR 230700X0 Sweden
     213  * Xcruiser XDSR600HD 230900X0 Dubai
     214  * Ultra Plus X - 9200HD PVR 231200X0 New Zealand 
     215  * Skys @ t Royal HD PVR 231500X0 Bulgaria
     216  * SuperBox PRO HD 9818 231600x0 Moldova
     217  * Optibox Raptor HD 231800X0 Hungary
     218  * Forever HD PVR 8200 231900X0 Algeria
     219  * Media Star ( Powers) HD 8200S 232700X0 Australia
     220
     221[#point7 Top of Page]
     222
     223----
     224'''Atemio AV 500/510 HD simular hardware:''' [=#point7.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     225----
     226This model has a removable tuner and has YouTube, Browser, FreeTV+
     227
     228Fortis base model HS -7110 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes:
     229
     230  * Fortis HS -7110 HD PVR ? korea
     231  * Optibox Gekko HD 250102X0 Hungary
     232  * Octagon SF 918 SE + 250202X0 Germany
     233  * Rebox RE -2200 HD PVR 250302X0 Netherlands
     234  * Skyway LIGHT 250502X0 Russia & Belarus
     235  * HD Box FS- 7110HD 250602X0 Czech Republic
     236  * Openbox S4 HD PVR 250902X0 Ukraine
     237  * Icom HD 1070P DIVX 251002X0 Syria
     238  * Gold Master HD -1040 HD PVR -1045 PVR 251102X0 Turkey
     239  * Dynavision DV -5000 HDPVR 251202X0 Dubai
     240  * GI S8580 251302X0 Romania
     241  * Xcruiser XDSR 380HD 251802X0 Dubai
     242  * Dreamsky HD4 252002X0 Belarus
     243  * ? Supermax 7100 252102X0 ?
     244  * Skys @ t Mini HD PVR 252202X0 Bulgaria
     245  * Icecrypt S3500 HDCCI 252502X0 UK
     246  * Miraclebox 6 HD TWIN PVR 252602X0 Sweden
     247  * Vegasat X1 252802X0 Morocco
     248  * Ultraplus 900 HD PVR ? New Zealand
     249
     250[[br]][#point7 Top of Page]
     251
     252----
     253'''Fulan based clone receiver detection (hardware profile)''' [=#point7.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     254----
     255
     256This list will help you select the correct clone hardware model below is a specifications list check the back of your manual included with your receiver and look at the table below to select the correct hardware model.
     257This list has not yet been confirmed and some of these models may be incompatible with TitanNit.
     258
     259If you have successfully installed TitanNit on your Receiver please inform an admin member so this list can be updated.
     260
     261This table shows the last gen SH4 based receivers manufactured by Fulan if you look in your manual of your reciever it will display the specifications and you may use the below table find out the base Fulan model it is styled on to verify the compatibility with the Fulan model.
     262
     263{{{#!div style="width: 1000px; margin: auto"
     264||'''Model System'''||'''Tuner'''||'''CPU'''||'''RAM'''||'''ROM (Flash)'''||'''USB'''||'''PVR Funktion'''||'''CardReader'''||'''Common interface'''||'''Width'''||'''Display'''||'''features'''||
     265||[#point7.7 Fulan 7162]||DVB-S/S2 1,2,3||STI_7162 266 Mhz|| || || || || || || || || ||
     266||[#point7.8 Spark 7111]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7111 266 Mhz|| || || || || || || || || ||
     267}}}
     268
     269
     270
     271----
     272'''Fulan/Spark 7162 simular hardware:''' [=#point7.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     273----
     274This model has a STI 7162 Processor, tuner varies by reseller either one two or three tuners 
     275
     276Fulan/Spark 7162 and possibly identical boxes:
     277
     278
     279 * Golden Media Spark Triplex 0C 00 07 00
     280 * Golden Media Spark One 0C 00 07 00
     281 * SAB Unix Triple HD 0C 00 0E 00
     282 * Amiko Alien 2 0C 00 0A 00
     283 * Galaxy Innovations Avatar 2 0C 00 0B 00
     284 * Galaxy Innovations Avatar 3 0C 00 0B 00
     285 * Visionnet Falcon 0C 00 21 00
     286 * Icecrypt S3700 CHD 0C 00 2B 00
     287 * Truman Top Box 2 Tuners 0C 00 03 00
     288 * Samsat Linux 2 0C 00 20 00
     289 * Satcom 7162 0C 00 1D 00
     290 * Dynavision 7162 0C 00 0D 00
     291 * Superbox Z500 0C 00 15 00
     292 * Delta 0C 00 04 00
     293 * Startrack SRT 2020 HD Plus 0C 00 05 00
     294 * Sogno Spark Triple 0C 00 43 00
     295
     296----
     297'''Fulan/Spark 7111 simular hardware:'''   [=#point7.8]
     298----
     299This model has a STI 7111 Processor, all models seem to have a single DVB-S2 tuner.
     300
     301Fulan/Spark 7111 and possibly identical boxes:
     302
     303 * Amiko Alien SHD 8900, 09 00 0A 00
     304 * Golden Media 990 CR HD PVR Spark LX 09 00 07 00
     305 * Golden Media Spark Reloaded 09 00 07 00
     306 * Edision Argus Pingulux 09 00 08 00
     307 * Edision Argus Pingulux Plus 09 00 08 00
     308 * Galaxy Innovations GI S8120 09 00 0B 00
     309 * SAB Unix F+ Solo (S902) 09 00 0E 00
     310 * Dynavision Spark 09 00 0D 00
     311 * Dynavision Spark Plus 09 00 0D 00
     312 * Fulan Spark I+ 09 00 1D 00
     313 * Truman Premier 1+ 09 00 03 00
     314 * Samsat Linux 1 09 00 20 00
     315 * Startrack SRT 2020 HD 09 00 21 00
     316 * FullHD FH 2020 HD 09 00 ?? 00
     317 * Yumatu Spark 09 00 ?? 00
     318 * Visionnet Hammer 5400 09 00 21 00
     319 * Visionnet Fireball 101 09 00 21 00
     320 * Superbox S750 09 00 15 00
     321 * Sogno Spark Revolution 09 00 43 00
     322
     323
  • wiki/pages/it/Supported-Recievers

    r39056 r39063  
     1----
     2'''7 Compatable Revievers''' [=#point7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0.2 Main page])
     3----
     4
     5=== Currently, the following receivers are supported: ===
     6
     7  * Atemio 510/520/530
     8  * Atemio 7600
     9  * Atevio 700/7000
     10  * Kathrein UFS 910
     11  * Kathrein UFS 912/922 (license charges may apply)
     12
     13Recently TitanNit has been made available for a variety of non-Atemio Receivers. Identical SH4 Fortis Receivers may work with TitanNit.
     14
     15This list has not yet been confirmed and some of these models may be incompatible with TitanNit.
     16
     17If you have successfully installed TitanNit on your Receiver please inform an admin member so this list can be updated.
     18
     19Please Note:
     20  * Due to differences between the VFDisplay programming and the supplied Remote Control units delivered with your Receiver a remapping of the remote control Layout may be necessary.
     21
     22  * Pre-Release Versions with the loader version 1.19 had problems when installing versions 1.21 and 1.54 and demand a replacement of the VF-Display in order for the Receiver to boot. Fault is an inbedded security feature. Therefor it is unknown if iboot will actually function with the Receivers. If you have one of these decoders it would be advisable to take caution installing iboot.
     23
     24
     25=== Atevio AV 500 HD: ===
     26 
     27Model HS- 9510HD PVR and possibly identical boxes:
     28 
     29  * Fortis HS- 9510 HD PVR 20000300 Korea.
     30  * Rebox RE- 4000HD PVR 20010300 Netherlands.
     31  * Octagon SF- 1008 20020300 Germany.
     32  * Octagon SF -1008 SE 20020303 Germany.
     33  * HD Box FS- 9100HD 20030300 Czech Republic.
     34  * Ultra Plus HD 980 20050300 New Zealand.
     35  * Openbox S5 HD PVR 20060302 Ukraine.
     36  * Tiviar S1 eco HD PVR 20070300 U.S.A. Switzerland .
     37  * Astro ASR 1100 Single HD 20110300 and 20110303 Germany .
     38  * Dreamsky DSR- 9600HD PVR 20120302 Belarus.
     39  * Skyway Classic 20130302 Russia.
     40  * I.Com HD -9000 DIVX 20140300 Syria.
     41  * I.Com HD -9000 DIVX II 20140702 Syria.
     42  * I.Com HD -9100 DIVX II 20140602 Syria.
     43  * XSPEED HD -9500 DIVX II 20140612 Syria.
     44  * Optibox Koala HD 20150300 Hungary.
     45  * Xcruiser XDSR400HD 20160302 Dubai.
     46  * VisionNet FS- 9510 HD PVR 20170302 Israel.
     47  * Gold Master HD -1060 HD PVR HD PVR -1070 -1080 PVR 20180302 Turkey
     48  * Powersat PO - 1000HD PVR 20190301
     49  * Star Track SRT 2010 HD 20210302 Dubai
     50  * O2 SRT 2012 HD 20210301 Dubai
     51  * Forever HS- 9510HD PVR 20220302 Algeria
     52  * Dynavision DV -9500 HDPVR 20230302 Dubai
     53  * Dynavision DV -9600 HDPVR 20230301 Dubai
     54  * GI S- 8290 HD PVR 20240602 Romania
     55  * Miraclebox 8 HD TWIN PVR 20250600 Sweden
     56  * Diginor 8800 HD 20260600 Sweden
     57  * Media Star ( Powers) HD 1200s 20270600 Australia
     58  * MaxFly 9500 HD 20280602 Syria
     59  * SuperBox SX 9518 HD 20300302 Moldova
     60  * Elcomax Elux I 20310301 Iran
     61
     62[#point7 Top of Page]
     63
     64=== Atevio AV 7000 HD: ===
     65 
     66The models FS- 9000 and FS -9200 differ due to option of including an internal harddisk.
     67
     68FS- 9000 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes
     69
     70  * Fortis FS- 9000HD 20000000 Korea
     71  * Rebox RE- 9000HD 20010000 Netherlands
     72  * Octagon SF 1018 20020000 Germany
     73  * HD Box FS -9300 HD 20030000 Czech Republic
     74  * Ultra Plus F- 9000HD 20050000 New Zealand        ''' Confirmed by ''' ([http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/member.php?24970-professor_jonny Professor_Jonny])
     75
     76  * Openbox S8 HD PVR 20060000 Ukraine
     77  * Tiviar F1 HD PVR USA 20070000 Switzerland
     78  * Icecrypt S4000 HDPVR 20080000 England
     79  * Skyway Diamond 20130000 Russia
     80  * Dynavision DV -9000 HDPVR 200230000 Dubai
     81 
     82FS- 9200 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes
     83
     84  * Fortis FS- 9200HD PVR 20000100 Korea
     85  * Rebox RE- 8000HD 20010100 Netherlands
     86  * HD Box FS- 9200HD 20030100 Czech Republic
     87  * Arcon Titan 2010HD 20040100 Germany
     88  * Openbox S7 HD PVR 20060100 Ukraine
     89  * Tiviar T1 HD PVR 20070100 Switzerland
     90  * Astro ASR 1200 Twin HD 20110100 Germany
     91  * Dreamsky DSR- 9700HD PVR 20120100 Belarus
     92  * Skyway Platinum 20130100 Russia
     93  * I.Com Twin HD -9200 DIVX 20140100 Syria
     94  * I.Com Twin HD -9200 DIVX II 20140101 Syria
     95  * Gold Master 1090 HD PVR 20180100 Turkey
     96  * Dynavision DV -9200 HDPVR 20230100 Dubai
     97 
     98[#point7 Top of Page]
     99
     100=== Atevio / Atemio AV 7500/7600 HD: ===
     101
     102Model HX -8200 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes
     103
     104  * Fortis HX -8200 HD PVR 230000X0 Korea
     105  * Rebox RE -8500 HD PVR 230100X0 Netherlands
     106  * Octagon SF 1028P Noblence 230200X0 Germany
     107  * Skyway Droid 230400X0 Russia
     108  * Openbox S9 HD PVR 230500X0 Ukraine
     109  * Icecrypt STC6000HDPVR 230600X0 UK
     110  * Miraclebox 9 HD TWIN PVR 230700X0 Sweden
     111  * Xcruiser XDSR600HD 230900X0 Dubai
     112  * Ultra Plus X - 9200HD PVR 231200X0 New Zealand 
     113  * Skys @ t Royal HD PVR 231500X0 Bulgaria
     114  * SuperBox PRO HD 9818 231600x0 Moldova
     115  * Optibox Raptor HD 231800X0 Hungary
     116  * Forever HD PVR 8200 231900X0 Algeria
     117  * Media Star ( Powers) HD 8200S 232700X0 Australia
     118
     119[#point7 Top of Page]
     120
     121=== Atemio AM 500/510 HD: ===
     122 
     123Model HS -7110 HD PVR and possibly identical boxes
     124
     125  * Optibox Gekko HD 250102X0 Hungary
     126  * Octagon SF 918 SE + 250202X0 Germany
     127  * Rebox RE -2200 HD PVR 250302X0 Netherlands
     128  * Skyway LIGHT 250502X0 Russia & Belarus
     129  * HD Box FS- 7110HD 250602X0 Czech Republic
     130  * Openbox S4 HD PVR 250902X0 Ukraine
     131  * Icom HD 1070P DIVX 251002X0 Syria
     132  * Gold Master HD -1040 HD PVR -1045 PVR 251102X0 Turkey
     133  * Dynavision DV -5000 HDPVR 251202X0 Dubai
     134  * GI S8580 251302X0 Romania
     135  * Xcruiser XDSR 380HD 251802X0 Dubai
     136  * Dreamsky HD4 252002X0 Belarus
     137  * ? Supermax 7100 252102X0 ?
     138  * Skys @ t Mini HD PVR 252202X0 Bulgaria
     139  * Icecrypt S3500 HDCCI 252502X0 UK
     140  * Miraclebox 6 HD TWIN PVR 252602X0 Sweden
     141  * Vegasat X1 252802X0 Morocco
     142
     143[[br]][#point7 Top of Page]
  • wiki/pages/it/Swap

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.7.8.6.6 Swap''' [=#point3.7.8.6.6] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.70.8.6 System Infos (Back])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Swap.jpg)]][[br]]
     8>
     9Here you can view the detailed info on the swap.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13
     14[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/System-Info

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.7.8 System Info''' [=#point3.7.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/System_Info_main.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9> here you can view system wide information.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13 * ([wiki:System-Status#point3.7.8.1 System Status])
     14 * ([wiki:Free-Space#point3.7.8.2 Free Space])
     15 * ([wiki:Kernel#point3.7.8.3 Kernel])
     16 * ([wiki:Mounts#point3.7.8.4 Mounts])
     17 * ([wiki:System-info-Network#point3.7.8.5 Network])
     18 * ([wiki:Ram#point3.7.8.5 Ram])
     19 * ([wiki:System-Infos#point3.7.8.6 System Infos])
     20
     21[[br]]
     22
  • wiki/pages/it/System-Infos

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.7.8.6 System Info''' [=#point3.7.8.6] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/System-Info-System-Infos.jpg)]][[BR]]
     7>
     8> here you can view system wide information.
     9
     10[[br]]
     11
     12 * ([wiki:CPU#point3.7.8.6.1 Cpu])
     13 * ([wiki:Memory#point3.7.8.6.2 Memory])
     14 * ([wiki:MTD#point3.7.8.6.3 MTD])
     15 * ([wiki:Module#point3.7.8.6.4 Module])
     16 * ([wiki:Devices#point3.7.8.6.5 Devices])
     17 * ([wiki:Swap#point3.7.8.6.6 Swap])
     18 * ([wiki:Top#point3.7.8.6.7 Top])
     19 * ([wiki:prozesslist#point3.7.8.6.8 prozesslist])
     20 * ([wiki:USB#point3.7.8.6.9 USB])
     21
     22[[br]]
     23
  • wiki/pages/it/System-Status

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.7.8.1 System Status''' [=#point3.7.8.1] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/System-Status.jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8Here you can view the system status of the receiver.
     9
     10[[br]]
     11
     12
     13[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/System-Update

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.7 System Update''' [=#point3.5.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/system-System_Update.jpg)]][[BR]]
     7>
     8>here you can proform a system update
     9
     10[[br]]
     11
     12
     13 ||'''Flashupdate (Online):''' ||Update flashmemory from online Library.||
     14 ||'''Flashupdate (tmp):''' ||Update Flashmemory from tmp.||
     15 ||'''USBupdate (tmp):''' ||Update USB device from tmp.||
     16 
     17 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     18 
     19[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/System-info-Network

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.7.8.4 Network''' [=#point3.7.8.4] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back)])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/System-info-Network.jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8Here you can view info on you network interface.
     9
     10[[br]]
     11
     12
     13[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/TPK-Install

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.4.4 TPK Install (Online)''' [=#point3.4.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/extensions_TPK-Install(Online).jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8>here you can install plugins from from the online repo
     9
     10
     11[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/TPK-Media

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.4.6 TPK Media (Media)''' [=#point3.4.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/extensions_TPK-Install(Media).jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8>Here you can install tpk plugins from a local source
     9
     10[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/TPK-Remove

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.4.7 TPK Remove''' [=#point3.4.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)])
     4>
     5>
     6>Menu Picture place holder:
     7>
     8>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/TPK_Remove.jpg)]][[BR]]
     9>
     10>here you can remove your tpk plugins
     11
     12[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/TPK-Tmp

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.4.5 Installieren (TMP)''' [=#point3.4.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/extensions_TPK-Install(tmp).jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8>here you can install tpk plugins from your tmp directory.
     9
  • wiki/pages/it/TPK-Upgrade

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.4.3 TPK Upgrade''' [=#point3.4.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/extensions_TPK-upgrade.jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8>here you can automatically upgrade your installed plugins from the online repo
     9[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/Testpage

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2
     3
     4Test code:
     5
     6
     7[[CollapsibleStart]]
     8
     9nested text.
     10
     11[[CollapsibleEnd]]
     12
     13
     14
     15
  • wiki/pages/it/Time-to-sleep

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.5.4 Time to sleep''' [=#point3.5.5.4] ([wiki:Hard-Disk#point3.5.5 Hard Disk (Back])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Time-to-sleep.jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8Here you can configure your harddisk sleep settings.
     9[[br]]
     10
     11
     12 
     13
     14[[BR]]
  • wiki/pages/it/Timeshift-Settings

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.6.7 Timeshift Settings''' [=#point3.6.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Timeshift_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9
     10Here you can edit your timeshift settings
     11
     12[[br]]
     13
     14 ||'''Timeshift Type''' ||Select the operation mode of the timeshift function.||
     15 ||'''After Timshift:''' ||If timshift is stopped what function that should the reciever do.||
     16 ||'''Ask on channel switch:''' ||Ask what to do with the timeshift file on channel change.||
     17 ||'''Use Numeric Keys:''' ||use the numeric keys to control the timeshift skip and jump functions.||
     18 
     19 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     20 
     21[[br]]
     22----
  • wiki/pages/it/Timezone

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.6.3 Timezone''' [=#point3.6.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Timezone.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9>here you can change your timezone.
     10
     11[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/Titan-Changelog

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.7.6 Titan Changelog''' [=#point3.7.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Titan_Changelog.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9> here you can view the git changelog.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
  • wiki/pages/it/Top

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.7.8.6.7 Top''' [=#point3.7.8.6.7] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back)])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Top.jpg)]][[br]]
     8>
     9Here you can view the detailed Process info.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13
     14[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/Translation

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''16 Translation''' [=#point16] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5
     6
     7'''The initial english section and Translation was provided By Professor_jonny'''
     8
     9You may contact me on the AAF forum if you have any suggestions or additions to add to the wiki:
     10
     11([http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/member.php?24970-professor_jonny Professor_Jonny])
  • wiki/pages/it/Troubleshooting

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''12  Troubleshooting ''' [=#point12] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5
     6== Troubleshooting Contents ==
     7 
     8This section explains how to formally submit a bug and provide debug logs so that this imformation is provided to the developers to action, it will explain how to use the trac ticket system to check and submit bugs for futher analisis.
     9
     10* Only a __registered__ Users__ can create __Tickets__. If you are not yet registered, you can register here __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/register Register]__
     11* The __User__ must be logged in, You can __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/login Login]__ here
     12* To achieve a faster and easier __trouble shooting__, we now offer the __Ticketsytem__. That way you can directly pinpoint your __error__ to the competent __Developer__. In the next steps we will explain the new __Ticketsystem__.[[Br]]
     13* First, check the existing __ Tickets__ if the error has already been reported. This is done as follows. [[Br]]
     14  * Click the button __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report View Tickets]__ or go directly to __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/1 Active Tickets]__.[[br]]
     15  * Click on __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search Search]__ and tick the __Tickets__ and begin the search.
     16  * Here you can see the current __active Tickets__, if the same error is listed, you can attach your error message to the __Ticket__.[[Br]]
     17
     18
     19 please select an item below for more information.
     20
     21 * ([#point12.1 12.1 Bug Reporting])
     22 * ([#point12.2 12.2 Bug Update])
     23 * ([#point12.3 12.3 Bug Resolve])
     24 * ([#point12.4 12.4 Debuglevel])
     25 * ([#point12.5 12.5 Debug logging])
     26[[br]]
     27
     28----
     29'''12.1 Report a new Error''' [=#point12.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     30----
     31
     32* You have discovered a new bug and it has not been reported so you want to create a new ticket[[br]]
     33* Click the button __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/newticket New Ticket]__[[br]]
     34  * The following fields __need__ to be filled in.[[Br]]
     35    * __Summary:__
     36      - This is the __displayed name__ of the reported error[[br]]
     37    * __Description:__
     38      - Copy the link from the __[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Board (Community)]__ where the posting was made.
     39      - If no posting excists in the __Community__ you can describe the error here.[[br]]
     40    * __Component:__
     41      - Set the critaria suiting the error so the appropriate __Developer__ is informed.[[br]]
     42    * __Responsible:__
     43      - Here the ticket can explicitly be assigned to a specific __Developer__.
     44  * The following fields can be __filled in__. [[Br]]
     45    * __Priority:__
     46      - Blocker - __very urgent__ the __ticket__ requires urgent attention.
     47      - Critical - __urgent__ other tickets or processes depend upon this error.
     48      - Major - __standard__ urgency (__default__).
     49      - Minor - __minor__ has a lot of time and __is not so important__.
     50      - trivial - __of no importance__ has even more time and __is least__ important.
     51    * __Milestone:__
     52      - Default is __standard__ if a more appropriate urgency is required it can be used.
     53    * __Tags__
     54      - This information is used by the __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search Search]__ - is usually not specified/required.
     55    * __Version:__
     56      - Is only applicable from version __2.0__
     57    * __Observer:__
     58      - Only a __Developer__ need to fill in this field if he wants to assign this ticket to a __User__, the user then sees it in __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/7 My Tickets] __
     59
     60  * To complete the ticket you click on the field __create Ticket__
     61[[br]]
     62[#point12 Top of Page]
     63----
     64'''12.2 Bug Update''' [=#point12.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     65----
     66
     67* You have discovered a bug and it has been reported but you have aditional information that may be helpfull to the developers to repair the problem or have aditional comments on the problem[[br]]
     68* Click the __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report Show Tickets]__ > __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/1 Active Tickets]__ or __ [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search Search]__ Button and __open__ the existing.[[br]]
     69  * The following fields __must__ be filled in.[[Br]]
     70    * __Add comment__:
     71      - Here you can add more details to the error description.[[br]]
     72  * To complete the ticket you click on __Submit changes__
     73[[br]]
     74[#point12 Top of Page]
     75----
     76'''12.3 Bug Resolve (Report error as completed)''' [=#point12.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     77----
     78
     79
     80* You have discovered a previously reported bug is now fixed and want to close the ticket to inform the dev the bug is now fixed.[[br]]
     81* Click on __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report View Tickets]__ > __[http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/report/1 Active Tickets]__ and open the respective ticket[[br]]
     82  * Scroll down to Action and set the field __resolve as__ to __fixed__
     83  * Click on the field _Submit changes__
     84[[br]]
     85[#point12 Top of Page]
     86----
     87'''12.4 DebugLevel''' [=#point12.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     88----
     89
     90
     91* In the Configuration file /mnt/config/titan.cfg you can set following debug levels
     92  * Minimal: 10
     93  * TopfieldVFD: 40
     94  * Media Center: 50
     95  * MenuList: 60
     96  * Network Browser: 70
     97  * Hard Disk: 80
     98  * Screensaver: 90
     99  * Tithek: 99
     100  * Global: 100
     101  * Ipkg: 130
     102  * Imdb/imdbapi/TMDB: 133
     103  * Eplayer: 150
     104  * Tuning: 200
     105  * Stream/Record/Softcam: 250
     106  * Radio text: 270
     107  * Subtitle: 300
     108  * EPG: 400
     109  * MediaDB: 777
     110  * Mutexes: 900
     111  * Function (in/out): 1000
     112
     113* The default debug level = 10
     114[[br]]
     115[#point12 Top of Page]
     116----
     117'''12.5 Debug Logging''' [=#point12.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     118----
     119
     120Logging is a means of getting debug messages from the reciever for development and bug tracking purposes, this can be used to attach to a bug report or track ticked to assist the developer to find where a problem or bug may be traced from.
     121
     122
     123* You have several options for logging
     124 * via Telnet:
     125  * A Network connection is assential
     126  * Client ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]) configure the PC for Telnet session
     127  * Open the Telnet session to the receiver
     128  * killall -9 rcS titan
     129  * Set: ([#point112.4 DebugLevel=])
     130  * titan /mnt/config/titan.cfg > /tmp/titan.error.log 2>&1
     131  * To terminate logging press (ctrl+z)
     132  * Copy the log file (/tmp/titan.error.log) to your PC via ftp and send it as a ticket to the respective Developer
     133 * Via RS232 (serial connection)
     134  * A Serial connection must consist
     135  * Configure ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]) on the PC for Serial
     136  * Open serial session to the receiver
     137  * Then send it as a ticket to the respective Developer
     138
     139* Using debug Images you can also query the kernel messages via a telnet session
     140  * Network connection must exist
     141  * Configure ([http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html Putty]) on the PC for Serial
     142  * Open serial session to the receiver
     143  * cat/proc/kmsg > /tmp/titan.kernel.log 2>&1
     144  * To terminate logging press (ctrl+z)
     145  * Copy the log file (/tmp/titan.kernel.log) to your PC via ftp and send it as a ticket to the respective Developer
     146[[br]]
     147[#point12 Top of Page]
  • wiki/pages/it/Tuner-Configuration

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.1.1 Tuner Configuration''' [=#point3.5.1.1] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Tuner-Configuration.jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8Here you can setup your tuner and proform a channel scan.
     9
     10[[br]]
     11
     12work in progress temp data:
     13
     14 ||'''Tuner 0/0''' ||Select the conection method for tuner 0.||
     15 ||'''Tuner 1/1''' ||Select the conection method for tuner 1.||
     16   
     17 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     18
     19 '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
     20
     21 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Tuner configuration menu.
     22  Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     23 
     24 ||'''Red Button: (Edit tuner)''' ||Edit the settings for the selected tuner please see ([#point103.50.1.2 advanced tuner settings menu]) for more info.||
     25 ||'''Green Button: (Edit motor)''' ||Edit the motor settings for the selected tuner.||
     26
     27
     28>'''Advanced Tuner Settings Menu''' [=#point103.50.1.2]
     29
     30
     31
     32 ||'''Satellite type''' ||Select the tuner to lnb connection method (Diseqc, Single or Expert.||
     33 ||'''sat (number)''' ||select the satelite name connected.||
     34 ||'''Diseqc:''' ||Select the port for the selected satellite.||
     35 ||'''Lnb/ Unicable''' ||Bring up a the lnb settings for the selected satellite, select this item and press the red button set and adjust these settings see ([#point103.50.1.3 Advanced LNB settings menu]) for more info.||
     36
     37>'''Advanced LNB Settings Menu''' [=#point103.50.1.3]
     38
     39''This menu contains the advanced lnb settings''
     40
     41 ||'''Voltage Mode''' ||Selects the lnb voltage function.||
     42 ||'''Tone Mode''' ||Selects the lnb tone function.||
     43 ||'''LOF/ unicable''' ||select the lnb type and lnb frequency settings for it.||
     44
     45
     46 '''Red Button: (Unicable manufacturer.''' select the unicable lnb manufacturer
     47
     48
     49   
     50
     51
     52 
     53
  • wiki/pages/it/USB

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.7.8.6.9 Usb''' [=#point3.7.8.6.9] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back)])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/USB.jpg)]][[br]]
     8>
     9Here you can view the detailed info on the ubb hosts and devices.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13
     14[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/USB-Device

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.18.3 USB Device''' [=#point3.5.18.3] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)])
     4>
     5
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Autostart_Settings-USB_device.jpg)]][[br]]
     8>
     9Here you can check and adjust autostart settings for usb devices.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13 ||'''Load Partition:''' ||Auto load partitions from usb devices on startup.||
     14 ||'''NTFS write:''' ||Set the ntfs write option or driver.||
     15 ||'''Swap:''' ||enable swap file on usb device.||
     16 ||'''Swap Size:''' ||set the max size for the swap file on usb devices.||
     17
     18 
     19 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
  • wiki/pages/it/VFDisplay

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.6 VFDisplay''' [=#point3.5.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/system-VFDisplay.jpg)]][[BR]]
     7>
     8>Here you can edit the settings of the VFDisplay
     9
     10[[br]]
     11
     12
     13 ||'''Brightness''' || use the D-pad keys to adjust the brightness of the VFD.||
     14 ||'''Standby Brightness:''' || use the D-pad keys to adjust the brightness of the VFD.||
     15 ||'''Show in VFD:''' ||What to show in the VFDisplay when the system is running.||
     16 ||'''Show in Standby:''' ||What to show in the VFDisplay when the system is in standby.||
     17 ||'''Behavior at Recording:''' ||What to show in the VFDisplay when the system is recording.||
     18 ||'''LED Brightness Running''' || set the brightness of the led when the system is running.||
     19 ||'''LED Brightness Standby'''  || set the brightness of the led when the system is in standby.||
     20 
     21 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     22 
     23[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/it/Versions

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2
     3----
     4'''6 Versions''' [=#point6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     5----
     6
     7For the latest version of TitanNit please visit the [http://www.aaf-digital.info AAF-Board]
     8
     9'''USB Release History'''
     10
     11 * Atevio7000 tiTan pre Alpha USB
     12
     13 * ATevio7000 tiTan pre Alpha v1.2a USB
     14
     15''Flash Release History''
     16
     17'''tiTan pre Alpha'''
     18
     19'''tiTan pre Alpha v1.2a'''
     20
     21Changelog Version 1.2A
     22
     23- Protect Channel Free Time function
     24  - Switches off after Pineingabe all channels for an adjustable time free
     25  - Virtual keyboard as input means for input boxes on help -/Text button
     26  - Fixes in Deep Standby / Record / Timeshift
     27  - TV / Radio on bluekey can be laid
     28  - Aktualisert station list
     29  - Minor fixes
     30  - Radio station list
     31
     32[[br]]
     33
     34----
     35'''Titan version 1.23'''
     36----
     37
     38
     39Changelog Version 1.23 :
     40 
     41 - Kernel update on stm24 P211
     42 - TMDB / imdb / imdbapi fixed
     43 - Tithek youtube fix
     44 - Add mhw and MHW2
     45 - One step OpenTV
     46 - One step dvb -t
     47 - Shut-off timer in the web
     48 - Display setting to in the Infobar of every consignment -
     49 - Fix newsletter on and off
     50 - Fix blind scan
     51 - Fix gmediarender pic view
     52 - Fix nas share as record mount
     53 - Load save video mode in mc
     54 - Fix autostart dlna
     55 - Fix eth0 = off
     56 - Fix manual imdb scan
     57 - Add info button to miniplayer
     58 - Add news category to tithek mainmenu
     59 - Add temp to sort miniplayer
     60 - Fix myvideo
     61 - Add short epg / press 0 in channel list
     62 - Fix MediaDB
     63 - Fix webif cable
     64 - Fix -> set cursor to next cammera
     65 - Update all skins
     66 - Wlan optimize
     67 - Fix patches for lcd support
     68 - Update Settings and Picons
     69 - Fix boot logo
     70 - Add start script before tv
     71 - Fix driver patch
     72 - Change adjust skin
     73 - Fix blinking clock
     74 - Fix formula auto volume change
     75 - Fix rectimer after event
     76 - Optimize tithek
     77 - Fix mute on channel switch
     78
     79[[br]]
     80
     81----
     82'''Titan Version 1.24'''
     83----
     84
     85
     86 - Changelog Version 1.24
     87 
     88 - New Channel List
     89 - Library continued to improve
     90 - EPG improved
     91 - Format ext3
     92 - Hard drive detection improved ( File Check )
     93 - Improved search settings -
     94 - Added marker for recording -
     95 - Add resettv to begin of HbbTV start
     96 - Add facebook, gmediarender , call monitor , perl / samsung lcd, zapback picture
     97 - Add Atemio preview videos
     98 - Fix transponder
     99 - Change wlan driver
     100 - Add slow motion
     101 - Fix picons
     102 - Fix AddConfig vol
     103 - Fix jfs
     104 - Fix weather
     105 - Add -D cable swap Picons
     106 - Update almost all skins : fix choiceminitv , add usecec & change name ...
     107 - Fix play marker
     108 - Tithek add cache playback ( 10mb/180s )
     109 - Update picons white70 THX matze70
     110 - Update unitymedia cable THX Settings caliban
     111 - Add picon sat1 gold transparent
     112 - Add picons transparent Syfy HD and 13th HD
     113 - Update sat default settings
     114 - Tithek add new hoster
     115 - Use ext3 as default format hdd
     116 - Show different channel name in scan list
     117 - Add cec support / titanium not only the driver
     118 - Fix timer
     119 - Add DVB-T, Support THX gost
     120 - Fix blind scan settings
     121 - Update channel Ulyanov sat
     122 - Update channel sat default
     123 - Update matze70 default settings
     124 - Update Settings matze70 new design
     125 - Fix miniplayer
     126 - Update almost all skins : add cross control , emucontrol & MiniTV
     127 - Update titan_grey swapskin (old default)
     128 - Fix mute atevio7000
     129 - Default skin , remove hidden = yes; cross control , emucontrol & MiniTV
     130 - Update default skin , just some re - formatting
     131 - At7000 little led fix
     132 - Update almost all skins , at7000 led brightness
     133 - Fix ... stop if not used
     134 - At7000 at led brightness final
     135 - Update infobar enable vol + / - on rcleft / rcright enable ch + / - on ...
     136 - New weather icons
     137 - Add timote
     138 - Update all 0815 skins
     139 - Update tobayer01 skins , small fix in epgsearch , set fontcol2
     140 - Write config newsletter direct entry
     141 - Add timeout newsletter and save only if no timeout
     142 - Update cool & coolMiniTV swapskins
     143 - Next fix ac3 increase enlarge
     144 - Fix youtube
     145 - Fix rectimer after event
     146 - Fix for webif atevio700/7000
     147 - Update vpn
     148 - [ Vpn ] update tun.ko to P211
     149 - Update newsletter start / stop
     150 - Fix blinking clock
     151
     152[[br]]
     153
     154----
     155'''Titan Version 1.25'''
     156----
     157
     158
     159 - Changelog Version 1.25
     160 
     161 - Fixed problems when shooting and switching with multi-tuner
     162 - CI module recognition improved, inter alia, Fixed maxcam and Unicam problems
     163 - EPG Quick Facts added in the menu. Can also be used by pressing the " 0" are called in the station list.
     164 - Automatic backup (user data such as channel lists , network settings , etc. are automatically moved from the v1.25 in a personal folder and the online update again Made . )
     165 - Update the driver for the card reader
     166 - Bouquet / Favorites list change in the EPG view the << >> buttons
     167 - Automatic subtitle start ( below picture and sound settings adjustable)
     168 - Added Permanent Time-Shift function ( beta / trial version) OMay under Main Menu -> Settings -> TimeShift settings are activated.
     169 - WLAN optimized settings
     170 - Multimedia features further improved
     171 - Fixed problems playing and the forward and rewind recordings
     172 - Search for repetitions in the EPG view by pressing the "0" key added
     173 - Easy Sleep Timer: In addition to entering the numbers can also press the << >> buttons to set the time
     174 - Switch off after receiving end -shutdown on possible OIM Sleep Timer menu , press the " GREEN" for turning off " the mission end "
     175 - Message added the automatic shutdown (eg after an exposure) , in which one has the opportunity to stop the shutdown.
     176 - Direct retrieval of detailed information transmitter by pressing the Info button ( 2x)
     177 - Einstellbar under System Settings " Second Infobar "
     178 - Buffer size and resolution of Internet streams can be selected when retrieving a stream
     179 - Tuner can be disabled via the menu
     180 - Added · New menu item " Audio Delay " under picture and sound settings
     181 - SATA port for hard drive can now be selected in System Settings (SATA Connector = internal / external)
     182 - Programmed series can be stored in a separate folder now
     183 - press OIM Recording Timer menu "Create Directory " button "RED" for
     184 - Online Gallery / TiThek : adaptation of the menu view ( size of the images ) by pressing the menu button.
     185 - [AM 7600 ] New menu item " behavior in the Title" VFDisplay menu added (flashing , fade out / in , show record ... ) .
     186 - Update the icons / symbols in the Infobar , channel list and EPG view
     187
     188[[br]]
     189
     190----
     191'''Titan Version 1.30'''
     192----
     193
     194
     195 - Changelog Version 1.30
     196
     197 - Update station list Astra 19.2 and 13.0 Hotbrid
     198 - Update library
     199 - Update (menu interface) Skins
     200 - New bootloader i -boot
     201 - Boot times AM 500/510 HD under 16 seconds
     202 - Boot times AM 7500/7600 HD PVR less than 20 seconds
     203 - Image output on the TV right after the turn of the device.
     204 - Various boat setting
     205 - Simplify installation of future firmware updates
     206 - Dual boot fit ( not yet active)
     207 - New: stations can be assigned to individual CI modules now
     208 - Main menu à System -> CI modules at Blue button (transmitter)
     209 - Support for various CI modules improved.
     210 - Improving the Wi-Fi settings
     211 - Added display HDD / capacity in timer overview and Media Player
     212 - Setting under : Main Menu à Settings à Skin Settings
     213 - Fixed menu display problems in 3D mode
     214 - EPG display improved (jumps with buttons 7 and 9 possible)
     215 - Improved time-shift and permanent time shift function
     216 - Sleep timer improves
     217 - Improved unicable Settings
     218
     219[[br]]
     220
     221----
     222'''Titan Version v1.32'''
     223----
     224
     225
     226 - Changelog Version 1.32
     227
     228 - Atemio AM 500 HD (incl. new i-boot bootloader)
     229 - Atemio AM 510 HD (incl. new i-boot bootloader)
     230 - Atemio AM 7500 HD PVR (including new i-boot bootloader)
     231 - Atemio AM 7600 HD PVR (including new i-boot bootloader)
     232 - Atevio AV 700 HD
     233 - Atevio AV 7000 HD PVR
     234 - Atevio AV 7500 HD PVR (including new i-boot bootloader)
     235
     236 - Update Channel List Astra 19.2 and 13.0 Hotbrid
     237 - Update station list Unity Media and Kabel BW
     238 - Update library
     239 - XXX streams / portals can be hidden in the library. (Menu button in the library press)
     240 - Problem with sorting in the FileList corrected and improved
     241 - Added Smart Card menu item
     242 - Improved file manager / file browser
     243 - Hard disk indicator improved
     244 - Repair function of var improves / mnt
     245 - Auto Timer improves
     246 - Errors in various TPK packages resolved.
     247 - Record timer added in the web interface.
     248
     249[[br]]
     250
     251----
     252'''Titan 1.45iboot'''
     253----
     254
     255
     256 - Changelog Version 1.32
     257
     258 - New iboot bootloader
     259 * Memory management improved
     260 * Extended Flash memory to 11MB
     261
     262 - Optimization of the channel search
     263 - New plug-in ( TPK package) e2webserv
     264 - Problem with subtitles resolved
     265 - 2x rcyellow add to player for subtitle
     266 - Support of 4TB hard drives
     267 - Update Video Player
     268 - Problem sorting the provider corrected
     269 - EPG search improves
     270 - Fixed problem with dlna
     271 - Problem with NSFB and Call Monitor resolved
     272 - Subtitle and EPG PID is stored in the recording
     273 - ARD library added
     274 - Update imdbfolder
     275 - Update the various menu languages
     276 - File Browser improves
     277 - Swap mount problem solved
     278 - Memory test before plugin installation added
     279 - Installation of TPK packages improved.
     280 - Installation FLASH (FLASH) : install in flash memory is deleted after a firmware update .
     281 - MNT installation ( FLASH) : installation in the flash, still present after firmware update.
     282 - SWAP installation (USB or HDD): Installing to USB / HDD , still present after image update .
     283 - Titan -plugin- keymaps -neutrino • Fixed problems with plug
     284 - Update all Skins
     285 - Media Player improves
     286 - improved CI module support
     287 - Update Web Interface
     288 - Added EPG Webtimer
     289 - Screenshot Auto Refresh
     290 - Fixed problem with recording button
     291 - Update the list of channels
     292 - unicable function ( single-cable ) improved
     293 - Problems with unicable receiving fixed
     294 - Permanent Time shift function improved. With the Play button can now be called up again the recording folder .
     295 - improved WLAN function
     296 - Added function to backup / restore settings
     297 - Update the screen saver
     298 - Support for ext4 -> storage media can be formatted now available in ext4 .
     299 - Plug-in ( TPK packets)
     300 - improved auto- timer plugin
     301 - channel lists revised
     302 - New plug Enigma2 WebIf API ( network) only .
     303 * Allows access to TitanNit by an E2 clients (eg dreaMote App on Iphone ) . After installing the program on a Atemio receiver with TitanNit it is possible by means of an E2 - clients to control the receiver to stream channels and recordings , and manage the timer. This works both with a corresponding app on iOS or on a PC (or Raspberry Pi ) with the XBMC software ( VU +).
     304 * We tested dreaMote Lite , dreaMote , e2RemoteHD and Dreambox Live on iOS , and with XBMC under Windows7 and Raspberry Pi
     305 - Zapback advertising Zapper PlugIn
     306 - Fixed problems with TPK packages "open VPN " and " gemediarender "
     307
     308[[br]]
     309
     310----
     311'''Titan 1.47iboot'''
     312----
     313
     314
     315 - Changelog Version 1.32
     316 
     317 - In the Media Center was "start at the last position" fixed.
     318 - The RC Recall function for the Atemio 520 was installed.
     319 - For remote controls, the RC-resolution and the RC mute on the Atevio700/7000 and Atemio 7600 all key bindings now work correctly.
     320 - The resolution function has been extended for Scart and YUV.
     321 - The recording of the screen shoot for the background image is taken after 10 min of recording, the recording is shorter then the first frame is taken.
     322 - The Screenshoot function in Media Center on the Record button fixed.
     323 - In the web interface at the Screenshoot now the video display plus the OSD will display.
     324 - In the Media Center automatic TMDB / imdb wallpapers search has been fixed.
     325 - The manual search in imdb has been fixed.
     326 - Satellite channel lists default and adjusted TPK updates.
     327 
     328[[br]]
     329
     330----
     331'''Titan 1.49iboot'''
     332----
     333
     334
     335 - Changelog Version 1.47
     336
     337 - Changed hard drives formatting
     338 - Revised Mount System
     339 - Cutting function of the recordings
     340 - Setting Updates
     341 - HBBTV removed, thus in the image more Ram
     342 - Library revised
     343 - Panel Functions in the Image Settings
     344 - Shifted Flash labels down
     345 -  Installed Screenshoot with video -
     346 - Mediatheques local search built
     347 - Complete base image was updated
     348 - Vizcam, mod oscam and oscam away YMOD
     349 - Web browser favorites update
     350 - Fix mute button
     351 - Marker autoseek
     352 - Fix gbox config
     353 - Fixed TPK updates
     354 - Update the channel lists for TPK and default list
     355 - Adapted picons for new stations
     356 - Skins adapted for new functions in the menus
     357
     358[[br]]
     359
     360----
     361'''Titan 1.50iboot'''
     362----
     363The following ticket fixed:
     364 
     365 - Internal Player - rewind does not work
     366 - General - When updating the 520 one also sees the 5200 updates
     367 - General - Web interface rc rc code image and adaptable boxes mipsel for both missing
     368 - Audio - ac3 sound <- in tv mode has no influence lautstärle leveler
     369 - LCD - Display AM 5000
     370 - Ci - ci modules
     371 - Media Center - Desktop Wallpaper Media Center missing
     372 - General - plug-ins and settings will be lost after each update
     373 - External player - volume leveler no effective
     374 - Gui - showiframe still does not work
     375 - Tuner - Second Tuner ( plug-in) will not appear in the 5200 / recognized
     376 - General - Press CH up / down reversed
     377 - component1 - xupnpd as a DLNA server
     378 - Skins - ... infobar closed from tobayer
     379 - Gui - hdd format it will not be displayed dateisyteme closed
     380 - TitanNit - no record in standby
     381 - System - NTFSwrite parameter resume in closed settings
     382 - General - The wysiwyg display at the wiki editing brings erroneous entries
     383 - General - Protection of minors has no effect
     384 - General - [ Am520 ] flashing display for remote control operation
     385 - General - shift caused by transmitters reboot the box
     386 - General - scripts before and after shooting
     387 - System - menu item will change color saturation color temperature
     388 - General - Recovery time ( recoverrun ) is not saved
     389 - TiThek - No thumbnails of each video in the TiThek
     390 - General - Review Dutch translation
     391
     392[[br]]
     393
     394----
     395'''Titan 1.53iboot'''
     396----
     397The following ticket fixed:
     398 
     399all
     400 - Revised channel lists
     401 - Reworked skins
     402 - LCD perl fixed
     403 - Fix oscam nightly
     404 - online Library extended (FilmOn TV)
     405 - Improved channel search
     406 - Picon adapted and added new channels
     407 - deleted the 320x240 Picon Samsung LCD, please the X-Light install transparent.
     408   
     409mipsel
     410 - WLAN Fixed Atemio 5200
     411 - Allow for e2 Telnet and FTP Atemio 5200
     412
     413----
     414'''Titan 1.55iboot'''
     415----
     416Changelog:
     417 
     418 - Added language files
     419 - Fixed Skins
     420 - Fixed Library (eg, rtl, RTL2, Super RTL, rtlnitro, ntv, vox, etc.) and added new hoster and inserted an improved search function
     421 - Improved web interface (added online and off line help)
     422 - Added IP boxes
     423 - Added Ufs913
     424 - Extended transponder and Settings
     425 - Add PIP and installed Oled Skins for Atemio Nemesis
     426 - EMU installation removed in Flash and configs extended
  • wiki/pages/it/Video-Player

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.2.2 Video Player''' [=#point3.2.2]([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Video_Player.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9>here you can play movies.
     10
     11
     12
     13[[br]]
     14----
     15 '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
     16
     17 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
     18 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     19 
     20 ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
     21 ||'''Green Button: (Filelist-Mode)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
     22 ||'''Yellow Button: (Random)''' ||select random play mode.||
     23 ||'''Blue Button: (Repeat)''' ||Select Repeat play mode.||
     24 ||'''Menu Button: (Menu)''' ||This will show an advanced settings menu for the media player see below for more info on the functions contained with in this menu.||
     25
     26----
     27 '''Advanced Media Player Menu'''
     28
     29[[br]]
     30
     31 videos:
     32 ||'''Sort:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
     33 ||'''View:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
     34 ||'''MediaDB Autoscan:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.||
     35 ||'''Default Directory:''' ||Set the default directory to display when the media player opens.||
     36 ||'''Use Last Directory:''' ||open the last used directory when the media player opens.||
     37 ||'''Backdrop Interval:''' ||sets the change time of the background picture||
     38
     39 '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
     40
     41
     42 ||'''Red Button: (Network)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
     43 ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
     44
     45----
     46
  • wiki/pages/it/Video-Settings

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.6.14 Video Settings''' [=#point3.6.14] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Video_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9
     10here you can change your video display settings select a menu item and use the d pad left and right to adjust the setting see a list of a available settigs below.
     11
     12[[br]]
     13
     14 ||'''Brightness:''' ||Here you can edit the brightness of the display.||
     15 ||'''Contrast:''' ||Here you can edit the Contrast of the display.||
     16 ||'''Tint:''' ||Here you can edit the Tint of the display.||.||
     17 
     18 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Video Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     19 
     20[[br]]
     21----
     22
     23 '''Coloured Button's Functions"
     24
     25 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
     26 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     27 
     28 ||'''Red Button: (Default)''' ||This will reset the Video settings to the default setting.||
  • wiki/pages/it/WLAN-Settings

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.4.2 WLAN Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.2] ([wiki:Network#point3.5.4 network (Back])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/WLAN-Settings.jpg)]]br]]
     7>
     8Here you can check and adjust the settings for your wireless interface.
     9
     10[[br]]
     11
     12
     13 ||'''SSID On Boot:''' ||Autostart the wireless interface on startup.||
     14 ||'''SSID:''' || this shows the current SSID press the __"text"__ button to edit.||
     15 ||'''Type:''' ||Set the security method.||
     16 ||'''KEY:''' ||this shows the current security key press the __"text"__ button to edit.||
     17 
     18 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     19 
     20[[br]]
     21----
     22
     23 '''Coloured Button's Functions"
     24
     25 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
     26 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     27 
     28 ||'''Text Button: (keyboard)''' ||This will show you the past log history for the wireless interface.||
     29 ||'''Red Button: (Search)''' ||This will reset the saved epg removing all program data.||
     30 ||'''Green Button: (Start)''' ||On a customisable item this will bring up editor to edit a value or text string.||
     31 ||'''Yellow Button: (Stop)''' ||Brings up the epg scan list and you may from there add aditional boquets to be scaned during an epg scan.||
     32 ||'''Blue Button: (Log)''' ||This will show you the past log history for the wireless interface.||
     33 ||'''Info Button: (Info)''' ||This will show you the information on the currently conected WLAN device.||
     34
  • wiki/pages/it/Weather

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.2.7 Weather''' [=#point3.2.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/weather.jpg)]][[br]]
     8>
     9>Weather is where you can view the weather around the world.
     10[[br]]
     11
     12
     13[[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/weather_red_TEXT.jpg)]]
  • wiki/pages/it/Wiki

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2{{{#!div align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 300%"
     3 
     4Welcome to the TitanNit Wiki
     5}}}
     6----
     7'''Noticeboard'''
     8----
     9[[Image(source:/ipk/source/bootlogos_TitanNit_0_3/_path_/etc/boot/bootlogo.jpg, 240px, align=right,link=http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php)]]
     10{{{#!html
     11<form action="//sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/search?q" method="get">
     12<input type="text" name="q" value="" size="30"/>
     13<input type="submit" value="Search wiki"/>
     14-->
     15</form>
     16}}}
     17
     18This is the TitanNit Online Manual. Its existence is based solely on the contributions of the members of the community.
     19
     20This manual remains incomplete, although it comes closer on a daily basis, as the TitanNit software is continually being developed and improved this site is repeatedly extended and adapted.
     21
     22There may be functionality that does not yet exist in this manual, so please feel free to pitch in and make any changes you see fit, that way as TitanNit evolves this manual will continue to evolve as well.
     23
     24If you are unsure if you should put some information in here or not, please feel free to contact us on [wiki:Contact#point15 Skype].
     25Registered users may edit and create pages, and if you wish to access the wiki svn to upload pictures via TortiseSVN please contact us on [wiki:Contact#point15 Skype].
     26
     27For those of you who help us by contributing to this wiki might want to keep an eye on the [[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forumdisplay.php?278-TitanNit | TitanNit]] section in the forum, and we may be able to provide you with some developer only beta tools and updates for use to test functions and take forth comming screen shots for the wiki and to test new features.
     28
     29Currently translations for other languages would be high on the list if you are able to help with translation's on the wiki go for it if you are able to help with gui translations please see [wiki:External-Software-TitanNitLanguageEditor#point9.6 TitanNitLanguageEditor] for information on creating and submitting these to the devs.
     30 
     31This manual was created in order to help the users of TitanNit as a place to consolidate the information accrued over the years on the AAFforum and to tap in the flow of information from the developers.
     32
     33Please note that information on Emus, Illegal decryption of channels, card sharing and the like is not allowed, any information placed on this wiki is up for editing and modification by the community so don't get angry if it is removed or edited.
     34
     35NO copyrighted content is to be placed on this wiki if you are not the copyright holder of pictures or information placed on here or blatently copy works from other sources you may be banned from the wiki and or forum.
     36
     37----
     38'''Contents Section''' ([WikiStart#point0 Main page(language select)])
     39[[br]]
     40----
     41{{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
     42 {{{#!table style="border: none"
     43  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     44  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     45[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Quick-Start-Guide.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Quick-Start-Guide#point0 Quick Start Guide])]]
     46  }}}
     47  '''[wiki:Quick-Start-Guide#point0 Quick Start Guide]'''[[br]]
     48  {{{#!div style="float: left
     49This section contains the quick start guide where users can set up titanin a short precise way.
     50  }}}
     51  }}}
     52  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     53  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     54[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History.png,align=left,link=[wiki:History#point1 TitanNit Info])]]
     55  }}}
     56  '''[wiki:History#point1 TitanNit Info]'''[[br]]
     57  {{{#!div style="float: left
     58This section contains background information in reguards to TitanNit
     59  }}}
     60  }}}
     61  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     62  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     63[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Functions#point2 Interface Elements])]]
     64  }}}
     65  '''[wiki:Functions#point2 Interface Elements]'''[[br]]
     66  {{{#!div style="float: left
     67This setion contains information on the interface of TitanNit
     68  }}}
     69  }}}
     70  |----
     71  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     72  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     73[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Interface-Operation.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Interface-Operation#point3 Interface and Operation])]]
     74  }}}
     75  '''[wiki:Interface-Operation#point3 Interface and Operation]'''[[br]]
     76  {{{#!div style="float: left
     77This section shows the interface and menu structure within TitanNit
     78  }}}
     79  }}}
     80  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     81  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     82[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Remote-Device-Control.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point3.9 Remote/ Device Control contents])]]
     83  }}}
     84  '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point3.9 Remote/ Device Control]'''[[br]]
     85  {{{#!div style="float: left
     86This section contains information on the control of titan from the various remote interfaces
     87  }}}
     88  }}}
     89  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     90  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     91[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Architecture-Programming#point4  Architecture and Programming])]]
     92  }}}
     93  '''[wiki:Architecture-Programming#point4  Architecture and Programming]'''[[br]]
     94  {{{#!div style="float: left
     95This section contains information on the the various architecture and programming information regarding TitanNit
     96  }}}
     97  }}}
     98  |----
     99  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     100  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     101[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Versions.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Versions#point6 Versions])]]
     102  }}}
     103  '''[wiki:Versions#point6 Versions]'''[[br]]
     104 {{{#!div style="float: left
     105This section explains the different versions of TitanNit and their differences.
     106  }}}
     107  }}}
     108  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     109  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     110[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Supported-Recievers.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers])]]
     111  }}}
     112  '''[wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers]'''[[br]]
     113   {{{#!div style="float: left
     114This section details the supported receiver models in TitanNit.
     115  }}}
     116  }}}
     117  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     118  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     119[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Installation-Recovery.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Installation-Recovery#point8 Installation / Recovery])]]
     120  }}}
     121  '''[wiki:Installation-Recovery#point8 Installation / Recovery]'''[[br]]
     122  {{{#!div style="float: left
     123This section contains information on how to install and recover your titan installation.
     124  }}}
     125  }}}
     126  |----
     127  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     128  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     129[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software#point9 External Software])]]
     130  }}}
     131  '''[wiki:External-Software#point9 External Software]'''[[br]]
     132  {{{#!div style="float: left
     133This section explains external software for use with TitanNit.
     134  }}}
     135  }}}
     136  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     137  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     138[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Plugins.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Plugins-Contents#point10 Plugins])]]
     139  }}}
     140  '''[wiki:Plugins-Contents#point10 Plugin]'''[[br]]
     141  {{{#!div style="float: left
     142This section will show you the various plugins available for titan and their source codes.
     143  }}}
     144  }}}
     145  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     146  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     147[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Development.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Development#point11 Development])]]
     148  }}}
     149  '''[wiki:Development#point11 Development]'''[[br]]
     150  {{{#!div style="float: left
     151This section details information on how to develop plugins for TitanNit.
     152  }}}
     153  }}}
     154|----
     155  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     156  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     157[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Troubleshooting.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Troubleshooting#point12 Troubleshooting])]]
     158  }}}
     159  '''[wiki:Troubleshooting#point12 Troubleshooting]'''[[br]]
     160  {{{#!div style="float: left
     161This section explains using the trac bug system.
     162  }}}
     163  }}}
     164  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     165  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     166[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Manufactures.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Manufactures#point13 Manufactures])]]
     167  }}}
     168  '''[wiki:Manufactures#point13 Manufacturers]'''[[br]]
     169  {{{#!div style="float: left
     170This section will show you information about various manufacturers of TitanNit capable hardware.
     171  }}}
     172  }}}
     173  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     174  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     175[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Community.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Community#point14 Community])]]
     176  }}}
     177  '''[wiki:Community#point14 Community]'''[[br]]
     178  {{{#!div style="float: left
     179This section details information on how to get support for titan.
     180  }}}
     181  }}}
     182|----
     183  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     184  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     185[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Contact.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Contact#point15 Contact])]]
     186  }}}
     187  '''[wiki:Contact#point15 Contact]'''[[br]]
     188   {{{#!div style="float: left
     189This section has info on how to contact the TitanNit Team.
     190  }}}
     191  }}}
     192  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     193  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     194[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Translation.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Translation#point16 Translation])]]
     195  }}}
     196  '''[wiki:Translation#point16 Translation]'''[[br]]
     197  {{{#!div style="float: left
     198This section is for wiki editors to place translation marks there.
     199  }}}
     200  }}}
     201  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     202  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     203[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Disclaimer.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Disclaimer#point17 Disclaimer])]]
     204  }}}
     205  '''[wiki:Disclaimer#point17 Disclaimer]'''[[br]]
     206  {{{#!div style="float: left
     207This section contains a legal disclaimer.
     208  }}}
     209  }}}
     210|----
     211  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     212  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     213[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Testpage.png,align=left,link=[wiki:Testpage#point17 Testpage])]]
     214  }}}
     215  '''[wiki:Testpage#point17 Testpage]'''[[br]]
     216   {{{#!div style="float: left
     217This is a test page for testing wiki code
     218  }}}
     219  }}}
     220
     221 }}}
     222}}}
     223----
     224'''Screenshots of the interface'''
     225----
     226{{{#!div align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 300%"
     227[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Mainmenu.jpg, 250px)]]
     228[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Recordsand_EPG.jpg, 250px)]]
     229[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Media_Center.jpg, 250px)]]
     230[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Media_player.jpg, 250px)]]
     231[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Extentions.jpg, 250px)]]
     232[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/System.jpg, 250px)]]
     233[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Settings.jpg, 250px)]]
     234[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Information.jpg, 250px)]]
     235[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Standby_Poweroff.jpg, 250px)]]
     236[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Playback-OSD.jpg, 250px)]]
     237[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/EPG-OSD.jpg, 250px)]]
     238[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Internal-Player-OSD.jpg, 250px)]]
     239[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Favourite-OSD.jpg, 250px)]]
     240[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/Web_Control.jpg, 250px)]]
     241[[br]]
     242}}}
  • wiki/pages/it/WikiStart

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2{{{#!div align=center style="border: none; font-size: 300%"
     3Benvenuti al Progetto TitanNit
     4}}}
     5----
     6
     7{{{#!div align=center style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     8 [=#point0]'''Si prega di selezionare la lingua''' :
     9
     10||= '''[wiki:de/Wiki#point0 Deutsch]''' =||= '''[wiki:en/Wiki#point0 English]''' =||= '''[wiki:fr/Wiki#point0 Français]''' =||= '''[wiki:gr/Wiki#point0 ελληνικός]''' =||= '''[wiki:it/Wiki#point0 Italiano]''' =||= '''[wiki:nl/Wiki#point0 Nederlands]''' =||= '''[wiki:pl/Wiki#point0 Polski]''' =||= '''[wiki:ru/Wiki#point0 Русский]''' =||= '''[wiki:vn/Wiki#point0 Vietnam]''' =||
     11||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/de.png,link=wiki:de/Wiki#point0)]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/EN/en.png,link=wiki:en/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/FR/fr.png,link=wiki:fr/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/GR/gr.png,link=wiki:gr/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/IT/it.png,link=wiki:it/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/nl.png,link=wiki:nl/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/PL/pl.png,link=wiki:pl/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/RU/ru.png,link=wiki:ru/Wiki#point0))]] =||= [[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/VN/vn.png,link=wiki:vn/Wiki#point0))]] =||
     12[[br]]
     13[[br]]
     14}}}
     15
     16
     17
     18''' [wiki:TitleIndex#point Title Index] '''[[br]]
     19'''[wiki:Wiki-Help-Contents#point0 Wiki Help Contents]'''
  • wiki/pages/nl/AV-Settings

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.6.1 AV Settings''' [=#point3.6.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/AV-Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9> here you can setup your audio and visual settings.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13 ||'''Resolution (Default)''' ||Set the default resolution of the decoder.||
     14 ||'''Resolution Current:''' ||Shows the current resolution of the decoder.||
     15 ||'''Auto Resolution:'''  ||Do you want the EPG file to be deleted after being read.||
     16 ||'''Policy:''' ||If the image does not suit the screen format what method shuld the decoder use to best fill the display.||
     17 ||'''Aspect:''' ||Set the aspect ratio of the display.||
     18 ||'''Colour Format''' ||Set the colour format of the hdmi output.||
     19 ||'''Colour Format Scart/ Composite:''' ||Set the colour format of the composite and scart output.||
     20 ||'''Audio Source:''' ||Select the audio source format.||
     21 ||'''Ac3 Default:''' ||Do you wish for the default audio format to be AC3.||
     22 ||'''Ac3 Mode:''' ||Set the output conversion format of the AC3 stream.||
     23 ||'''Audio Delay:''' ||Set the delay or advance time of the audio signal to sync it with the video signal.||
     24 ||'''Inc AC3 Audio in %:''' ||Increace ac3 audio volume in % of total volume.||
     25 ||'''3D Mode:''' ||Output the tv signal in side by side or vertical 3d format.||
     26 ||'''two step mute:''' ||Set the default function of the mute button lower volume then mute or just mute.||
     27 ||'''automatic restart last subtitle:''' ||load the last used subtitle when playing back a recording or stream.||
     28 ||'''Sound ampflier (tv modus/ internal player)''' ||Increace the volume amplification when  watching tv or using the default media player.||
     29 ||'''Sound ampflier (external player)''' ||Increace the volume amplification when  using a third party media player.||
     30 
     31 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     32 
     33
     34
     35[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/About

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''About''' [=#point3.70.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point103.70 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0.2 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/about.jpg)]][[BR]]
     7>
     8> here you fiew information about the installed titan image.
     9
     10[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Adaptor-Settings

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2
     3>----
     4>'''3.5.4.1 Adaptor Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.1] ([#point3.5.1 network (Back])
     5>
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Adaptor-Settings.jpg)]]br]]
     8>
     9Here you can check and adjust the settings for your Eithernet Interface.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13 '''Coloured Button's Functions"
     14
     15 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the settings menu.
     16 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     17 
     18 ||'''Red Button: (Edit)''' ||This will bring up the edit interface dialogue of the selected Eithernet interface.||
     19 ||'''Green Button: (Hostname)''' ||This will bring up the Hostname dialogue allowing you to edit the host name of the reciever.||
  • wiki/pages/nl/Adjust

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.6.6 Adjust''' [=#point3.6.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Adjust.jpg)]][[BR]]
     7>
     8>Here you can adjust various other settings of the decoder.
     9
     10[[br]]
     11
     12 ||'''Volume Bar Timeout''' ||How long the Volume Bar should display after chang of the volume.||
     13 ||'''Infobar Sleep:''' ||timeperiod until the Infobar appears||
     14 ||'''Infobar Timeout:''' ||How long the Infobar should display after being displayed.||
     15 ||'''Second Infobar:''' ||what function should happen of a second press of the info key.||
     16 ||'''Virtualzap Timeout:''' ||???||
     17 ||'''Spinnerspeed:''' ||How fast the animated hourglass display should move.||
     18 ||'''SpinnerTime:''' ||??? ||
     19 ||'''Hangtime:''' ||How long to wait for something to happen before bringing up the crash display.||
     20 || '''Fastzap:''' ||Use fast channel switching.||
     21 ||'''Dont Clear TV on Zap (Only on Fastzap):'''|| keep the picture on the display during channel change but not during fast channel change. ||
     22 ||'''Faststop:''' ||???. ||
     23 ||'''Dir Sort:''' ||Select the mode for sorting directorys in file list displays. ||
     24 ||'''Power Action:''' ||Function to preform on operation of the power button (Stand-By) or Switch Off (Deep Stand-By) ETC... ||
     25 ||'''Fast Text Renderer:''' ||Use the hack Fasttext renderer to increace the speed of text displays. ||
     26 ||'''Record Split Size:''' ||Set the size of recording files and break apart if the recording excedes the selected size. ||
     27 ||'''Record Forerun (Min):''' ||Set the amout of time to pre record before the start of a timer recording. ||
     28 ||'''Record Overrun (Min):''' ||Set the amout of time to record after a timer recording has finished.||
     29 ||'''Set Action After Record:''' ||Set the function to preform after a recording or timer has finished.||
     30 ||'''Skip 1/3:''' ||Set the playback skip time when you press the buttons 1 and 3. ||
     31 ||'''Skip 4/6:''' ||Set the playback skip time when you press the buttons 4 and 6. ||
     32 ||'''Skip 7/9:''' ||Set the playback skip time when you press the buttons 7 and 9. ||
     33 ||'''Change Channelname Auto:''' ||Automatically change the channel name if it changes or new channels replace old ones. ||
     34 ||'''Show Time Line in Channel list:''' ||Show the time display in the channel list display. ||
     35 ||'''Animated Screens:''' ||Use anamated displays in the GUI. ||
     36 ||'''Animated Speed:''' ||Set the speed of the anamated displays in the GUI if anamated displaus is enabled. ||
     37 ||'''Channel List View:''' ||Should the channel list view be automatically hidden. ||
     38 ||'''Show Last Position Question:''' ||During the startup of a media file do you wish to be asked where should the play start from. ||
     39 ||'''Resync Recording Immediatly:''' ||During recording ignore data buffer and sync recording imediatly. ||
     40 ||'''Recording Name:''' ||Change the default format of the name of the recording. ||
     41 ||'''Newsletter:''' ||Show the news letter on startup. ||
     42 ||'''Show Hidden Files:''' ||Show files that are makked as hidden in file list displays. ||
     43 ||'''Expert Mode:''' ||Set expert mode to enable advanced functions. ||
     44 ||'''Show Infobar on Program Change:''' ||Show the infobar when the channel is displayed. ||
     45 ||'''Use Cross Control for Fast Zapping and Volume Control:''' ||Use the d-pad buttons for fastzap and volume control. ||
     46 ||'''Deactivate Cript Support on Media Playback:''' ||Disable CA and Smartcard decoding when playing back a media file. ||
     47 ||'''Deactivate Mini TV:''' ||Disable the mini TV picture when GUI elements are being displayed. ||
     48 ||'''Playback Buffer Size:''' ||set the size of the read ahead buffer during playback of media files for smooth playback. ||
     49 ||'''Time to Wait After Seek to Fill Buffer:''' ||Pausetime after seek to enable buffer to fill during playback to ensure smooth playback. ||
     50 ||'''Community User:''' ||Set the default username for username propmts. ||
     51 ||'''Community Pass:''' ||Set the default Password for password propmts. ||
     52
     53 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     54 
     55[[br]]
     56----
     57
     58
  • wiki/pages/nl/Architecture-Programming

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2
     3----
     4'''5 Architecture - programming contents''' [=#point5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     5----
     6[[br]]
     7
     8TitanNit is currently coded by a group of talented developers from the AAF digital Forums and is released for several different Receiver models and brands/reseller models.
     9
     10This section explains the architecture and programming information that titannit is engineered on and information of the dev team and its helpers in the present and in the past.
     11
     12Please select an item below for more information.
     13
     14{{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
     15 {{{#!table style="border: none"
     16  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     17  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     18[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming/Architectures.png,align=left,link=[#point5.1])]]
     19  }}}
     20  '''([#point5.1 Architectures])'''[[br]]
     21  {{{#!div style="float: left
     22Information on the various supported archetures supported by TitanNit
     23  }}}
     24  }}}
     25  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     26  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     27[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming/Programming_Language.png,align=left,link=[#point5.2])]]
     28  }}}
     29  '''([#point5.2 Programming language])'''[[br]]
     30  {{{#!div style="float: left
     31Information on the underlying programming of TitanNit.
     32  }}}
     33  }}}
     34  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     35  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     36[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming/Source_Control.png,align=left,link=[#point5.3])]]
     37  }}}
     38  '''([#point5.3 Source control])'''[[br]]
     39  {{{#!div style="float: left
     40Information on the source code and policies Of TitanNit.
     41  }}}
     42  }}}
     43  |----
     44  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     45  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     46[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Architecture-Programming/The_Dev_Team.png,align=left,link=[#point5.4])]]
     47  }}}
     48  '''([#point5.4 The Dev Team])'''[[br]]
     49  {{{#!div style="float: left
     50Here you will find the[[BR]] members of the dev team.
     51  }}}
     52  }}}
     53}}}
     54}}}
     55
     56----
     57'''5.1 Architecture''' [=#point5.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     58----
     59'''SH4'''
     60
     61TitanNit was first established on the SH4 (Super-H) chipset for the atemio and kathrin receivers.
     62
     63The Super-H (SH4) chipset is a biendian 32bit RISC Superscaler chipset, this chipset is aimed at increacing throughput by using called instruction-level parallelism within a single core.
     64
     65Originally developed for multimedia devices, gaming consoles and set top boxes and was used in the Sega's Dreamcast.
     66it has prooved popular because of its low cost and high proformance, it has found use in many low power embedded devices.
     67
     68Titannit SH4 is a linux based and is based on ST micro electronics opensource linux project made for the Super-H chipset called ([http://stlinux.com/ STLinux]).
     69
     70The SH4 chipset has been popular with the satellite community because of the quality of the display output due to inclusion of a high class floating point math unit and high speed bus which is the key components used for drawing graphics, the open source nature of the linux system that runs on it, since its introduction it has had many third party firmwares developed for it from different development teams.
     71
     72TitanNit is Team AAF's sucessor to the AAF enigma 2 based firmware, aaf enigma is not currently developed and support has ended to futher develop TitanNit we reccomend that if current AAF Enigma users update to TitanNit for future support.
     73
     74
     75
     76'''Mips'''
     77
     78After the sucess with TitanNit on the SH4 chipset the developers then started development on the Mips chipset for use with the newly introduced Atemio 5000 series receivers.
     79
     80The Mips chipset (Microprocessor without Interlocked Pipeline Stages) is a biendian 32bit RISC chipset, this chipset is aimed at increacing throughput by using deep instruction piplines combined with single cycle instruction processing.
     81
     82Originally developed for the embedded market it has found use in consumer products gaming consoles and set top boxes and was used in the Nintendo 64 and three Sony Playstation products.
     83
     84The chipset has prooved popular in the STB market because of the inclusion in the Dreambox Recievers that has spawned clone and copy cat receivers, but it has a draw back that it lacks finness in the picture quality department over the SH4 based receivers as explained above, it has the advantage that it has a larger user base and therfore more plugins are available currently than the sh4 chipset based recievers.
     85
     86Titannit Mips is a linux based and is based on the open source project [https://github.com/oe-alliance oe-alliance].
     87
     88The Mips chipset has been popular with the satellite community because of open source nature of the dbox based firmwares since its introduction has had many third party firmwares developed for it from different development teams.
     89
     90
     91
     92'''Future Architectures'''
     93
     94There is a possibility that development may spread to other Receiver models and other architectures in the future such as the ARM architecture or PPC.
     95Future development to support more Receivers is at the mercy of the developers and also the Hardware manufacturers who support the TitanNit project.
     96
     97[[br]]
     98
     99----
     100'''5.2 Programming Language''' [=#point5.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     101----
     102
     103For performance reasons we have opted to use C programming language [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/C_(programming_language) wiki]
     104
     105In other DBox derived products such as the dream box and VU+ they have opted for a python layer to operate on top of the operating system.
     106Python is a higher level scripting language used to define and setup elements in the gui and for an intrim language between the OS that is easily programmable.
     107This was done so that users can easily develop and manipulate the system and integrate plugins skins etc... into the system but this has a performance hit on these system and can cause them to become slow and laggy and bloated but has the benifit of being easy for the community to develop for with out knowing much about the underlying system.
     108
     109The problem with this system has been that python has become so ingrained into the system and gui and often is now beyond the capibilities for the average user it was intended to used by not to mention it is a semi complicated language to learn to start with.
     110
     111TitanNit adresses these key conserns and has developed as much as possible br programming in C to increase the performance of the system but still alowing ease of intergration of plugins and skins using basic scripts.
     112
     113[[br]]
     114
     115----
     116'''5.3 Source Control''' [=#point5.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     117----
     118TitanNit is a semi closed source project and contains open source elements released as required by the licences of those projects.
     119
     120 * The basic Linux Image used in the SH4 project is the open source Project [https://gitorious.org/open-duckbox-project-sh4 open-duckbox-project-sh4]
     121 * The basic Linux Image used in the Mips project is the open source Project [https://github.com/oe-alliance oe-alliance]
     122 * TitanNit Source is nonpublic and is only partially freed[source:/titan TitanNit Public Source]
     123 * The MediaCenter is from [http://ffmpeg.org ffmpeg] and the libeplayer3 is from [https://gitorious.org/open-duckbox-project sh4/tdt/source/tdt/cvs/apps/misc/tools/libeplayer3 libeplayer3]
     124 * Busybox is a set of unix style tools combined into a single executable [http://www.busybox.net/]
     125 
     126
     127[[br]]
     128
     129----
     130'''5.4 The Dev team''' [=#point5.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     131----
     132The TitanNit project is proudly produced by the AAF Dev team and other loyal members and helpers.
     133development is important aswell as the work they do to help out with such things as skin's, channel logo's and setups, translations, supplemental programs and tools, and plugins and this is a place for them to be recognized.
     134
     135''Note: currently this section is blank as I will leave it up to the developers and other loyal team members to place their mark''
     136
     137
     138'''Founding DEV Team Members'''
     139
     140 
     141'''Dev Team Members'''
     142
     143
     144'''Loyal Helpers'''
     145
     146
     147'''Team Thanks'''
     148
     149 We would like to thank Atemio / Atevio who helped to fund the TitanNit project and has showed interst in this project from its beginnings until now.
     150[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Atemio-Hotline

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.7.5 Atemio (hotline)''' [=#point3.7.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Atemio_Hotline.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9> here you can view contact info from atemio.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
  • wiki/pages/nl/Audio-Player

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.2.1 Audio Player''' [=#point3.2.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Audio_Player.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9> here you can play music.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13----
     14 '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
     15
     16 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
     17 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     18 
     19 ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
     20 ||'''Green Button: (Filelist-Mode)''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
     21 ||'''Yellow Button: (Random)''' ||select random play mode.||
     22 ||'''Blue Button: (Repeat)''' ||Select Repeat play mode.||
     23 ||'''Menu Button: (Menu)''' ||This will show an advanced settings menu for the media player see below for more info on the functions contained with in this menu.||
     24
     25----
     26 '''Advanced Media Player Menu'''
     27
     28[[br]]
     29
     30 Audio:
     31 ||'''Sort:''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
     32 ||'''View:''' ||Switch between filelist mode and playlist mode.||
     33 ||'''MediaDB Autoscan:''' ||Auto scan MediaDb in Background.||
     34 ||'''Autostart Playlist:''' ||select the autostart Playlist.||
     35 ||'''Default Directory:''' ||Set the default directory to display when the media player opens.||
     36 ||'''Use Last Directory:''' ||open the last used directory when the media player opens.||
     37
     38
     39 '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
     40
     41
     42 ||'''Red Button: (Network)''' ||opens the network menu screen||
     43 ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||Edit Mode||
     44 ||'''Yellow Button: (Screensaver)''' ||opens the screensaver menu||
     45
     46----
     47
  • wiki/pages/nl/Audio-Video-Sat

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.18.2 Audio/ Video/ Sat''' [=#point3.5.18.2] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Autostart_Settings-Audio-Video-Sat.jpg)]][[br]]
     8>
     9Here you can check and adjust the video audio and satellite autostart settings.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13 ||'''Bootlogo:''' ||show the boot logo on startup.||
     14 ||'''Boot RGB Fix:''' ||apply the startup rgb display output mode.||
     15 ||'''No Audio Sync:''' ||Don't wait for the audio buffer to fill before starting the audio stream.||
     16 ||'''HighSR:''' ||??.||
     17 ||'''Load stmdvb.ko with swts option''' ||???.||
     18 ||'''Load stmdvb.ko with Camrouting option''' ||???.||
     19 
     20 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
  • wiki/pages/nl/Auto-Start-Settings

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.6.18 Autostart Settings''' [=#point3.6.18] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Autostart_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9>here you can change the startup settings.
     10please select a menu item for more information
     11[[br]]
     12
     13 * ([wiki:Default-Autostart#point3.6.18.1 Default Autostart])
     14 * ([wiki:Audio-Video-Sat#point3.6.18.2 Audio/Video/Sat])
     15 * ([wiki:USB-Device#point3.6.18.3 USB Device])
     16 * ([wiki:Autostart-Network#point3.6.18.4 Network])
     17 * ([wiki:Child-Safety#point3.6.18.5 Child Safety])
     18
     19[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Automatic-Search

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.2.1 Automatic Search''' [=#point3.5.2.1] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Automatic-Search.jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8Here you can proform an automatic channel scan.
     9
     10[[br]]
     11
     12
     13
     14 ||'''Type of Scan''' ||The type of scan in progress (Automatic).||
     15 ||'''Scan:''' ||???.||
     16 ||'''Clear Before Scan:''' ||Select to clear channel data before scan.||
     17 ||'''Only Free to Air Services:''' ||During scan ignore pay tv services.||
     18 ||'''Blindscan:''' ||Scan for unknown satellite transponders.||
     19 ||'''Update channel Name''' ||If upon a rescan the channel name changes update the channel name in TitanNit.||
     20 ||'''Entrys in Favourites'''  ||if scaned channels are found in current favourites list what should be done.||
     21 ||'''Remove Empty Favourites''' ||Remove favourites list if they have no channels in them.||
     22 ||'''Remove Unused Channels From Favourites'''  ||Remove channels from favourites that have ceased transmission.||
     23
     24 
     25 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     26
     27 '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
     28
     29 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
     30  Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     31 
     32 ||'''Red Button: (Start scan)''' ||Start channel Scan with the selected settings.||
     33----
     34 '''After Scan Menu'''
     35----
     36[[br]]
     37
     38The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options after the scan hac sompleted menu.
     39  Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     40 
     41 ||'''Red Button: (Save)''' ||Select a channel you wish to save and select the green button to save it in to the channel listing.||
     42 ||'''Green Button: (Save All)''' ||Store all channels in the channel listing.||
     43
     44
     45 
     46
  • wiki/pages/nl/Autostart-Network

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3 === Autostart Settings ===
     4'''3.6.18.4 Network''' [=#point3.6.18.4] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.6.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0.2 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     5----
     6
     7
     8[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Autostart_Settings-network.jpg)]][[br]]
     9 
     10Here you can check and adjust autostart network settings.
     11
     12[[br]]
     13
     14 ||'''NFS Server:''' ||enable the NFS Server on startup. ||
     15 ||'''Samba Server:''' ||Enable the Samba server on startup. ||
     16 ||'''Scan WLAN:''' ||scan for Wireless lan connections on startup. ||
     17 ||'''ntpdate:''' ||Alow update of the date server . ||
     18 
     19 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     20 
     21[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Backup

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.8 Backup''' [=#point3.5.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/system_backup.jpg)]][[br]]
     8>
     9Here you can run a manual backup to /tmp or /var/backup if there is insufficent free space you can use a usb device.
     10
     11please ensure these folders are installed on the device for the Backup to operate.
     12
     13[[br]]
     14
     15To Exit from the backup menu press __"Exit"__.
     16 
     17[[br]]
     18----
     19
     20 '''Coloured Button's Functions"
     21
     22 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
     23 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     24 
     25 ||'''Red Button: (backup)''' ||This will Start the backup process please follow the onscreen propmps.||
     26
     27[[BR]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Blind-Scan-Settings

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.1.6 Blind Scan Settings''' [=#point3.5.1.6] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Blind-Scan-Settings.jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8Here you can proform a blind scan.
     9
     10[[br]]
     11
     12 ||'''Tuner type''' ||Select the recption tuner type.||
     13 ||'''Minimal Frequency:''' ||Set the mimimum frequency to scan for during blind scan.||
     14 ||'''Maximum Frequency:''' ||Set the maximum frequency to scan for during blind scan.||
     15 ||'''Step Frequency:''' ||Set the step size of the frequency in mhz from the start frequency to scan.||
     16 ||'''Minimal Signalrate:''' ||Set the minimum Signal rate to scan for during blind scan.||
     17 ||'''Maximum Signalrate''' ||Set the Maximum Signal rate to scan for during blind scan.||
     18 ||'''Step Signalrate'''  ||Set the brightness of the led when the system is in standby.||
     19 ||'''Use only standard forward error correction (FEC)''' ||???.||
     20 ||'''DVB-S Services Only:''' ||Scan only for SD channels.||
     21 ||'''Only Default FEC:''' ||???.||
     22
     23 ''note: not all these options are relavant or shown and it depend's on the selected tuner type''
     24   
     25 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     26
  • wiki/pages/nl/Blue-Button

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.6.5 Blue Button''' [=#point3.6.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.60 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Blue_Button.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9>here you can configure what happens with the press of the blue button
     10
     11
     12[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/CPU

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.7.8.6.1 CPU''' [=#point3.7.8.6.1] ([wiki:System-Infos#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/CPU.jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8Here you can view the detailed cpu info.
     9
     10[[br]]
     11
     12
     13[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Change-Feed

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.4.2 Change Feed''' [=#point3.4.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.4 Extentions (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Change_Feed.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9>here you can sett up an aditional feed to obtain extra plugins not found in the online library
     10
     11[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Channel-Edit

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.6.15 Channel Edit''' [=#point3.6.15] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Channel_Edit.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9>here you can edit your channel data
     10
     11
     12[[br]]
     13
     14 ||'''Copy Service:''' ||Enable channel copy mode, this enables the user to copy channels to another boquet.||
     15 ||'''Remove Service:''' ||Enable channel remove mode, this enables the user to remove channels from the currently selected boquet.||
     16 ||'''Move Service:''' ||Enable channel move mode, this enables the user to move channels to another boquet.||
     17 ||'''Protect Service:''' ||Enable channel protect mode, this enables the user to pin protect seletcted channels in the currently selected boquet.||
     18 ||'''Rename Service:''' ||Enable channel rename mode, this enables the user to copy channels to another boquet.||
     19 ||'''Sort Service:''' || selecting this will sort all channels in all boquets by alphebitac order.||
     20 ||'''Set Start Channel:''' ||Here you can set the channel you wish for the receiver to show on startup.||
     21 ||'''Delete Start Channel:''' ||Here you can remove the currently selected startup channel that shows on startup.||
     22 
     23 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
  • wiki/pages/nl/Channel-Service

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.1 Channel Service''' [=#point3.5.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/system-Channel_Service.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9Here you can setup your tuner and proform a channel scan.
     10please select a menu item for more information
     11[[br]]
     12
     13 * ([wiki:Tuner-Configuration#point3.5.1.1 Tuner configuration])
     14 * ([wiki:Automatic-Search#point3.5.1.2 Automatic Search])
     15 * ([wiki:Manual-Search#point3.5.1.3 Manual Search])
     16 * ([wiki:Rotor-Settings#point3.5.1.4 Rotor Settings])
     17 * ([wiki:Sat-Finder#point3.5.1.5 Sat Finder])
     18 * ([wiki:Blind-Scan-Settings#point3.5.1.6 Blind Scan Settings])
     19 * ([wiki:Create-Transponder-List#point3.5.1.7 Create Transponder List])
     20 * ([wiki:Create-Default-Favorites#point3.5.1.8 Create Default Favorites])
     21
     22
     23[[br]]
     24
  • wiki/pages/nl/Child-Protection

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.6.12 Child Protection''' [=#point3.6.12] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Child_Protection.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9> here you can setup your key lock and child portection settings.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13
     14 ||'''Pin Code Menu''' ||Select the pin code used in the menu.||
     15 ||'''Pin Code Channel:''' || select the pin code used to lock TV Channels.||
     16 ||'''Protect Channels:''' || Do you wish to enable the locking of protected channels.||
     17 ||'''Age Protect:''' || do you wish to protect channels based on age restrictions.||
     18 ||'''Protect Channel Freetime (min''' || After a specific time do you wish to re-enable the lock  on protected channels if it is currently beign displayed.||
     19 ||'''Protect menu:''' || Do you wish to place a lock on the menu of the reciever.||
     20 
     21 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Child Protection Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     22 
     23[[br]]
     24----
     25
     26 '''Coloured Button's Functions"
     27
     28 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the cchild protection settings menu
     29 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     30 
     31 ||'''Red Button: (Menu Protect)''' ||pressing this button will bring up a list of menu items that a lock may be placed on to limit access to those areas, below is a list of all the menu items displayed in this menu.||
     32
     33 * Soft Cam Pannel
     34 * Records and EPG
     35 * Media Center
     36 * Media Player
     37 * Extentions
     38 * System
     39 * Settigs
     40 * Information
     41 * Standby/ Poweroff
     42 * Main Menu
     43 * Media Center
     44 * GUI Restart
     45 * Power Off
     46 * Network Restart
     47 * A/V Settings
     48 * Adjust
     49 * Skin
     50 * Plugins
     51 * Records
     52 * EPG Search
     53 * Common Interface
     54 * Smart Card Reader
     55 * Flash Update Online
     56 * Child Protection
     57 * Service
     58 * Sat Finder
     59 * Epg Short View
     60 * Single Epg
     61 * Multi Epg
     62 * Graphic Epg
     63 * EPG Search
     64 * Records
     65 * Plugins
     66 * Change Feed
     67 * TPK Upgrade (Online)
     68 * TPK Install (Online)
     69 * TPK Tmp (tmp)
     70 * TPK Media (media)
     71 * TPK (remove
     72 * Channel Service...
     73 * Common Interface
     74 * Smart Card Reader
     75 * Network
     76 * Harddisk
     77 * VFDisplay
     78 * Fancontrol
     79 * System Update
     80 * Backup
     81 * Settings Backup Restore
     82 * Receiver Unlock
     83 * A/V Settings
     84 * Language
     85 * Timezone
     86 * Red Button
     87 * Blue Button
     88 * Plugin Button
     89 * Adjust
     90 * Skin Adjust
     91 * Screensaver adjust
     92 * Timeshift Settings
     93 * Record Path
     94 * EPG Settings
     95 * Child Protection
     96 * Restore Default Settings
     97 * Video Settings
     98 * Channel Edit
     99 * MediaDB Settings
     100 * Autostart Settings
     101 * Overclocking Settings
     102 * Save Settings
     103 * Service
     104 * Newsletter
     105 * About
     106 * Streaming
     107 * Atemio (hotline)
     108 * Titan Changelog
     109 * GIT Changelog
     110 * System Info
     111 * Log
     112 * System_Status
     113 * Free Space
     114 * kernel
     115 * Mounts
     116 * Network
     117 * Ram
     118 * System Infos
     119 * Cpu
     120 * Memory
     121 * MTD
     122 * Module
     123 * Devices
     124 * Swap
     125 * Top
     126 * Prozesslist
     127 * USB
     128 * Flashupdate (online)
     129 * Flashupdate (tmp)
     130 * USBupdate (online)
     131 * USBupdate (tmp)
     132 * Power off
     133 * Standby
     134 * Restart
     135 * GUI Restart
     136 * Power Off Timer
     137 * Tuner Configuration
     138 * Automatic Search
     139 * Manual Search
     140 * Manual Search Cable
     141 * Manual Search Terrestrial
     142 * Rotor Settings
     143 * Sat Config
     144 * Sat Finder
     145 * Blind scan settings
     146 * Formatt HDD
     147 * Filesystem Check
     148 * Configure
     149 * Time to Sleep
     150 * Adapter Settings
     151 * WLAN Settings
  • wiki/pages/nl/Child-Safety

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.18.5 Child Safety''' [=#point3.5.18.5] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Autostart_Settings-child_safety.jpg)]][[br]]
     8>
     9Here you can adjust the lock settings on startup.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13 ||'''Parental:''' ||Enable lock on startup.||
     14 ||'''Pin:''' ||Select the pin number for the lock on startup.||
     15 
     16 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     17 
     18[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Common-Interface

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.2 Common Interface''' [=#point3.5.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/system-Common_Interface.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9>here you can set up your installed cam devices.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13 Picture:
     14 ||'''Module Type:''' ||Set the module service type (multiple/ Single Service).||
     15
     16  To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Common Interface Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     17 
     18[[br]]
     19----
     20
     21 '''Coloured Button's Functions"
     22
     23 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Commom Interface menu.
     24 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     25 
     26 ||'''Red Button: (Reset)''' ||This will reset the selected Common Interface Module.||
     27 ||'''Green Button: (Menu)''' ||This will Bring up the advanced Common Interface menu.||
     28 ||'''Yellow Button: (CAID)''' ||???.||
     29 ||'''Blue Button: (Channel)''' ||Select the channels the selected CA Module will Decode.||
     30 ||'''Menu Button: (Setting)''' ||This will show the settings for the selected CA Module.||
     31
     32
  • wiki/pages/nl/Community

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''14 Community''' [=#point14] ([wiki:English-Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5
     6[[br]]
     7
     8The TitanNit project is supported 24 hours in the public forum.
     9
     10For help and support feel free to join us on our forum
     11
     12||= '''[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Digital Forum]''' =||
     13||= [[Image(http://www.aaf-digital.info/images/logo.jpg,400,link=http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php)]] =||
     14
     15[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Configure

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.5.3 Hard Disk Configure''' [=#point3.5.5.3]  ([wiki:Hard-Disk#point3.5.5 hard disk (Back)])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Configure.jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8Here you can configure your harddisk see below for more information.
     9Note that you must enable ([wiki:Adjust#point3.6.7 Expertmode]) to show all available configure options in this display.
     10[[br]]
     11
     12[[br]]
     13
     14 ||'''Use as recordings-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a recording medium.||
     15 ||'''Remove recordings-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a recording medium.||
     16 ||'''Use as plugins-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a plugins medium.||
     17 ||'''Remove extentions-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a extentions medium.||
     18 ||'''Use as swap-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a swap medium.||
     19 ||'''Remove swap-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a swap medium.||
     20 ||'''Use as backup-device''' ||Prepair the storage device for use as a backup medium.||
     21 ||'''Remove backup-device''' ||disable the use of the storage device as a backup medium.||
     22
     23
     24
     25 
     26 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     27 
     28
     29
     30[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Contact

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''15 Contact''' [=#point15] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5
     6Interested External Developers or testers can feel free to chat with us via Skype.
     7  • Skype Chat: "TitanNit Dev Chat"
     8  • Skype Contact: obiwan1976
     9
     10[[br]]
     11[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Create-Default-Favorites

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.1.8 Create Default Favorites[=#point3.5.1.8] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Create-Default-Favorites.jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8By selecting this option it will setup the default german favourites lists.
     9
     10Please note that selecting this button will remove all the user pre programmed in favourites.
     11
     12in future it may be able to set up favourite lists from the satellites/ providers programed into the tuner.
     13
     14   
     15 To __"Store"__ the settings by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     16
  • wiki/pages/nl/Create-Transponder-List

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.1.7 Create Transponder List''' [=#point3.5.1.7] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Create-Transponder-List.jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8Here you can automatically set up transponders for various services from the TitanNit online repo this will save you from having to manually create these lists from your pc or from a satellite xml generator, this will greatly simpifly channel and tuner setup.
     9
     10please note that these lists may be out dated and not contain a complete list of transponders for every service.
     11
     12[[br]]
     13
     14 ||'''Create Transponder (Sat) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available satellites services. ||
     15 ||'''Create Transponder (Cable) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available cable services. ||
     16 ||'''Create Transponder (Terrestrial) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available Terrestrial services. ||
     17 ||'''Create Transponder (All) ''' ||Downloads a list of current transponders from the online repo for all available services. ||
     18
     19Please note that selecting one of the above options will remove all the transponders from the current channel data and may remove any custom satellite configs and tuner settings.
     20
     21in future it may merge the current programmed in user assigned transponders.
     22
     23A rescan will need to be preformed after preforming an option be sure to make a backup before proforming this action to be safe.
     24 
     25   
     26 To __"Store"__ the settings by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     27
  • wiki/pages/nl/DYNDNS-Settings

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.4.7 DYNDNS Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.7] ([wiki:Network#point3.5.4 network (Back])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/DYNDNS-Settings.jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8Here you can setup your DYNDNS interface.
     9
     10[[br]]
     11
     12 ||'''Start on Boot:''' ||Start the DYNDNS server on startup.||
     13 ||'''User:''' ||setup the username for DYNDNS.||
     14 ||'''Password:''' ||Set the password for DYNDNS.||
     15 ||'''DNS NAME:''' ||set the dns name.||
     16 ||'''DNS Syatem:''' ||???.||
     17 
     18 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     19 
     20[[br]]
     21----
     22
     23 '''Coloured Button's Functions"
     24
     25 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
     26 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     27 
     28 ||'''Text Button: (Keyboard)''' ||This will will bring up editor to edit a value or text string.||
     29 ||'''Green Button: (Start)''' ||Start the DYNDNS server.||
     30 ||'''Yellow Button: (Stop)''' ||Stop the DYNDNS server.|| ||
  • wiki/pages/nl/Default-Autostart

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.18.1 Default Autostart''' [=#point3.5.18.1] ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.5.18 Autostart Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/DE/Autostart_Settings-default_Autostart.jpg)]][[br]]
     8>
     9Here you can check and adjust the startup settings.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13 ||'''Bootstop:''' ||???.||
     14 ||'''Debug:''' ||Here you can set the debug mode and adjust the complexicity of the log output.||
     15 ||'''Show IP:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during  EPG scan.||
     16 ||'''Updatelist:''' ||??.||
     17 
     18 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from this Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     19 
  • wiki/pages/nl/Development

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''11 Development''' [=#point11] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5
     6=== Plugins Building ===
     7
     8'''Preparation'''
     9
     10In the current tdt git http://gitorious.org/open-duckbox-project-sh4 you can now build TitanNit plugins.
     11I have installed 2 plugins that are intended to serve as an example. One can then download and unzip this locally and build your own plugins.
     12
     13With a fresh clone of the git
     14
     15{{{
     16make yaud-enigma2-nightly
     17}}}
     18
     19after it completes, then
     20
     21{{{
     22make titanium-plugins
     23}}}
     24
     25[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Devices

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.7.8.6.5 Devices''' [=#point3.7.8.6.5] ([wiki:System-Infos#point3.7.8.6 System Infos (Back])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Devices.jpg)]][[br]]
     8>
     9Here you can view the detailed loaded devices info.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13
     14[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Disclaimer

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''17 Generic Disclaimer''' [=#point17] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5
     6TitanNit is a Semi closed source setop box linux based operating system software. The services provided by AAF Digital including (including developer tools, resources, download areas, files, source code, product information, documentation, communication forums, bug tracker, wiki, internet, streaming, forum etc. all collectively called "services") that the TitanNit Project, its members, and websites provide are for the purpose of providing support to the community and aditional functionality from the original system software provided by the manufactures of the supported hardware.
     7The services provided bt the AAF digital team is provided “as is”, "with all faults", and "as available" basis, without warranty of any kind, either express or implied. Your use of these services is at your own risk. TitanNit disclaims all warranties.
     8 
     9TitanNit disclaims liability for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, consequential, exemplary, punitive or other damages, or lost profits, that may result directly or indirectly from the use of these services and any material that is downloaded or obtained through the use of these services.
     10 
     11This includes, without limitation, any damage to computer systems, hardware or software, loss of data, or any other performance failures, any errors, bugs, viruses or other defects that result from, or are associated with the use of these services.
     12 
     13None of the contributors, sponsors, administrators, or anyone else connected with TitanNit in any way whatsoever can be responsible for the appearance of any inaccurate or libelous information or for your use of the information contained in or linked from these services.
     14
     15AAF Digital reserve the right to to remove and add services as they see fit without warning.
     16
     17
     18 
     19'''No contract, limited license'''
     20 
     21
     22Please make sure that you understand that these services is being provided freely, and that no kind of agreement or contract is implied between the owners or users of these services, the owners of the servers upon which it is housed, the individual contributors to these services, any project administrators, sysops or anyone else who is in any way connected with the project subject to your claims against them directly. You are being granted a limited license to copy or install anything from this site; it does not create or imply any contractual or extracontractual liability on any of it's agents, members, organizers or other users. Neither is anyone responsible should someone change, edit, modify or remove any information contained with in these services.
     23
     24 
     25
     26'''Trademarks'''
     27
     28 
     29Any of the trademarks, service marks, collective marks, design rights or similar rights that are mentioned, used or cited in the services provided for TitanNit are the property of their respective owners. Their use in any "service" does not imply that you may use them for any other purpose other than for the same or a similar use as contemplated by the original authors concent.
     30the AAF Digital team will make due effort to outline the services that are provided by other's and give them credit where aplicable.
     31 
     32
     33'''Information and Content'''
     34
     35 
     36Publication of information found in any of the services provided for TitanNit may be in violation of the laws of the country or jurisdiction from where you are viewing this information. The servers providing these services are located in different locations of the world and is maintained in reference to the protections afforded under local and federal law in respect to their location. Laws in your country or jurisdiction may not protect or allow the same kinds of speech or distribution. the AAF digital team does not encourage the violation of any laws; and cannot be responsible for any violations of such laws, should you link to the domain of the websites of these services or use, reproduce, or republish the information contained therein.
     37
     38 
     39'''Final Remarks'''
     40
     41 
     42Enjoy TitanNit and the other services provided by AAF Digital and thanks for selecting us!
     43 
  • wiki/pages/nl/EPG-Search

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.1.4 EPG Search''' [=#point3.1.4] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Epg_Search.jpg)]][[BR]]
     7>
     8EPG Search is where you can search the EPG title, discription genra for specific keywords to search for programs to set up Recordings.
     9
     10[[br]]
     11
     12 '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions"
     13
     14 The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Search EPG menu.
     15 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     16 
     17 ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.||
     18 ||'''Green Button: (Title)''' ||This will search the EPG title string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
     19 ||'''Yellow Button: (Discription)''' ||This will search the EPG Discription string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
     20 ||'''Blue Button: (All)''' ||This will search all EPG string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
     21 ||'''Menu (Genre):''' ||This will search the EPG Genre string for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
     22
     23For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([WikiStart#point103.10.6 Records]) for more info.
  • wiki/pages/nl/EPG-Settings

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.6.11 EPG Settings''' [=#point3.6.11] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/EPG_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9>Here you can change your epg settings.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13 
     14 ||'''EPG Path''' ||Set to any Path you want where the EPG File should be stored (on Receivers with little Memory it is strongly recommended to extend it by using a USB Pen-Drive or Harddisk)||
     15 ||'''How Many Days:''' ||The Number of Days in Advance of the EPG to store (I recommend no higher than 8 Days)||
     16 ||'''Delete EPG after read:''' ||Do you want the EPG file to be deleted after being read.||
     17 ||'''EPG Save Mode:''' ||When should the EPG Data be stored to the storage medium. Caution: Should you not use a Pen Drive or Harddisk for EPG Storage set to Never, as Receivers with little Memory on Board tend to crash due to Insufficient free space.||
     18 ||'''Show EPG Screen (EPG Button):''' ||Which EPG format should be shown on EPG Key-press on the Remote.||
     19 ||'''EPG Free Space (kb):''' ||Total of minimal Free Memory that should be kept on the medium where the epg is stored to aviod free space errors.||
     20 ||'''EPG List Mode:''' ||What Channels should be scanned in the background (Only for twin Receivers) for EPG (scan)(whitelist) (scanlist and whitelist) (deactivate (disable scan)).||
     21 ||'''EPG Scan Time:''' ||Here you can set the time of the automatic EPG scan. The Scan will be performed every Day at that set time. Should the Receiver be in Deep Stand-by it will "wake up" aprox. 5 Minutes before the scan is due to start.||
     22 ||'''EPG Button in EPG:''' ||Behavior of the EPG Button during EPG display.||
     23 ||'''Grafic EPG Zoom:''' ||Sets the zoom level of the EPG to show more or less of a time span of the shown programs.||
     24 ||'''Grafic EPG Picons:''' ||Set to yes to use picons or the alternative Picon sets in the infobar and EPG stored in /var/media/autofs/sda1/swapextensions/usr/local/share/titan/picons/ directory.||
     25 ||'''Delete EPG Before Scan:''' ||Should the EPG be deleted before a the timed scan.||
     26 ||'''After EPG Scan:''' ||Behavior after the EPG scan is completed EPG scan: Nothing (Stand-By) or Switch Off (Deep Stand-By).||
     27 ||'''MHW EPG:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway EPG stream during EPG scan.||
     28 ||'''MHW2 EPG:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during  EPG scan.||
     29 ||'''OpenTV EPG:''' ||Scan for an OpenTV EPG stream during EPG scan.||
     30 
     31 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     32 
     33[[br]]
     34----
     35
     36 '''Coloured Button's Functions"
     37
     38 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
     39 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     40 
     41 ||'''Red Button: (EPG Reset)''' ||This will reset the saved epg removing all program data.||
     42 ||'''Green Button: (Edit)''' ||On a customisable item this will bring up editor to edit a value or text string.||
     43 ||'''Yellow Button: (Scanlist)''' ||Brings up the epg scan list and you may from there add aditional boquets to be scaned during an epg scan.||
     44 ||'''Blue Button: (log)''' ||This will show you the past scan log history for the epg.||
     45
  • wiki/pages/nl/EPG-Short-View

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.1.1 EPG Short View''' [=#point3.1.1] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4
     5>
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/EPG_Short_View.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9
     10EPG Short View is a small easy to read horozontal epg of the current displayed channel including the infomation on the program you may scroll using the direction arrows to a future time.
     11[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''9 External Software''' [=#point9] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5
     6External Software is a collection of tools to supplement TitanNit.
     7
     8This is a list of applications that can be use with or for to manipulate or control your Receiver.
     9[[br]]
     10Below is a list of external applications please select a link below for more information.
     11
     12
     13
     14{{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
     15 {{{#!table style="border: none"
     16  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     17  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     18[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TiMote.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TiMote#point9.1 9.1 TiMote (Android)])]]
     19  }}}
     20  '''[wiki:External-Software-TiMote#point9.1 9.1 TiMote (Android)]'''[[br]]
     21  {{{#!div style="float: left
     22Timote is an andriod application for streaming and control of TitanNit
     23  }}}
     24  }}}
     25  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     26  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     27[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TiView.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TiView#point9.2 9.2 TiView (PC)])]]
     28  }}}
     29  '''[wiki:External-Software-TiView#point9.2 9.2 TiView (PC)]'''[[br]]
     30  {{{#!div style="float: left
     31TiView is an PC application for streaming and control of TitanNit
     32  }}}
     33  }}}
     34  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     35  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     36[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/SatChannelListEditor.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 9.3 SatChannelListEditor])]]
     37  }}}
     38  '''[wiki:External-Software-SatChannelListEditor#point9.3 9.3 SatChannelListEditor]'''[[br]]
     39  {{{#!div style="float: left
     40SatChannelListEditor is an PC application for manipulation of your TitanNit channel data.
     41  }}}
     42  }}}
     43  |----
     44  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     45  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     46[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/E2WebIFAPI.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-E2WebIfAPI#point9.4 9.4 E2WebIfAPI])]]
     47  }}}
     48  '''[wiki:External-Software-E2WebIfAPI#point9.4 9.4 E2WebIfAPI]'''[[br]]
     49  {{{#!div style="float: left
     50E2WebIfAPI is an console application to support the dreambox xml web interface commands.
     51  }}}
     52  }}}
     53  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     54  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     55[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TitanEditor.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TitanEditor#point9.5 9.5 TitanEditor])]]
     56  }}}
     57  '''[wiki:External-Software-TitanEditor#point9.5 9.5 TitanEditor]'''[[br]]
     58  {{{#!div style="float: left
     59TitanEditor is an PC application for manipulation of dreambox channel data to work on of your TitanNit Receiver.
     60  }}}
     61  }}}
     62  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     63  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     64[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/External-Software/TitanNitLanguageEditor.png,align=left,link=[wiki:External-Software-TitanNitLanguageEditor#point9.6 9.6 TitanNitLanguageEditor])]]
     65  }}}
     66  '''[wiki:External-Software-TitanNitLanguageEditor#point9.6 9.6 TitanNitLanguageEditor]'''[[br]]
     67  {{{#!div style="float: left
     68TitanLanguageEditor is an PC application for editing GUI language translations.
     69  }}}
     70  }}}
     71}}}
     72}}}
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-E2WebIfAPI

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2'''9.4 E2WebIfAPI''' [=#point9.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     3
     4
     5== Introduction ==
     6Enigma2 Web Interface ( WebIf ) API was defined for Dreambox .
     7It is a protocol that allows you to control a Dreambox via HTTP requests.
     8
     9Typical control tasks are :
     10
     11* Programming (timer) and playing back recordings
     12* Live streaming (TV and radio)
     13* EPG functions (display, search)
     14* Remote control (Remote Control)
     15
     16You can find a good overview of the E2WebIFAPI in the [http://dream.reichholf.net/wiki/Enigma2:WebInterface DreamboxWIKI].
     17
     18== Motivation ==
     19
     20For TitanNit the Android App [wiki:External-Software-TiMote#point109.1 9.1 TiMote] was developed. Anybody with an Android Smart-Phone or Tablet with this software installed can control their receiver or watch TV on the Android device. Isn't that cool?
     21
     22But owners of an iOS-device (i-Phone or i-Pad) are unlucky as there is no iOS TitanNit compatable web client such as TiMote. You can control your receiver via http protocol (same as Web Interface) but you wont be able to use all advantages like tiMote on an Android Platform.
     23
     24On the other hand iOS and Android Apps already exist for Dreambox receivers. These Apps are based on the Enigma2 protocol. Couldn't one just use that App on iOS instead of developing a new App?
     25
     26== The solution ==
     27TitanNit has its own protocol but is not compatible to the Enigma2 WebIf. Following a short analysis it was discovered that converting E2 requests to Titan didn't seem so difficult. Therefore, an E2 web server (e2webserv) was developed, which implements the Enigma2 WebIf. This server receives the E2 requests, delegates the calls to TitanNit web server and the responses is converted back into the XML format, which is expected from the E2 client.
     28
     29This way the TitanNit receiver is able to correspond to existing E2 - client software.
     30
     31
     32== Requirements ==
     33
     34* The Web server must be enabled on the receiver
     35* The E2webserv must be installed on the receiver
     36
     37== IOS Apps ==
     38
     39The following apps are installed on my iPad2:
     40* dreaMote
     41* DreaMote Lite
     42* e2RemoteHD
     43* Dreambox Live
     44
     45Should you not want to purchase any apps from the Apps-Store I can recommend dreaMote Lite .
     46
     47In addition to the app you need a player.
     48
     49I have tried the following players, which work well for me:
     50* Good Player
     51* BUZZ Player
     52* OPlayerHD Lite
     53* VLC Player
     54
     55VLC and OPlayerHD Lite are free.
     56
     57== XBMC ==
     58
     59If you are running the Media Center software [http://xbmc.org/ XBMC] or [http://xbmc4xbox.org.uk/ XBMC4XBOX], you can connect your Titan receiver via the Live-TV-Plugin VU+.
     60XBMC runs on Windows PCs aswell as Linux and is also available for Raspberry Pi and the Xbox.
     61
     62== VLC ==
     63Having installed the e2webserv you can enjoy Live-Streaming on your Windows or Linux PC using [http://www.videolan.org/vlc/ VLC] (no further software needed).
     64
     65You do not have to switch channels manually it all happens automatically. In order for this to take place you need an M3U playlist. You can easily generate the playlist by your Favourites and save to your PC. Having done so you only need to open the M3U list in VLC and select the desired channel.
     66
     67How do you export a particular favourites list into an M3U file?
     68
     69Enter the address in your Web browser.
     70
     71Example (favourite is "Polish"):
     72
     73[http://192.168.1.1:8080/web/services.m3u?bRef=Polish]
     74
     75Enter your receivers IP address and where names of Favourites have spaces within these spaces must be replaced with "%20".
     76
     77Example (favourite is "My TV" Receiver - IP: 192.168.0.10):
     78
     79[http://192.168.0.10:8080/web/services.m3u?bRef=Mein%20TV]
     80
     81Client Configuration == ==
     82Please configure the E2-clientas accordingly:
     83* IP address of the receiver
     84* Port: 8080
     85* Streaming Port: 8001
     86
     87Please note that SSL is not supported.
     88
     89Below you see an example configuration for dreaMote.
     90
     91[[Image(DreaMote.png,384px)]]
     92
     93== E2webserv.conf ==
     94
     95You must alter the server configuration manually. Using standard configured TitanNit no alterration on the e2webserv.conf should be neccessary.
     96
     97Should you have installed the plugin to Flash the configuration file '''e2webserv.conf''' lies in the directory '''/mnt/swapextensions/etc'''
     98
     99Here is the content:
     100{{{
     101# E2 web port
     102port = 8080
     103# E2 data port
     104data port = 8001
     105# Titan web port
     106titanium- port = 80
     107# Titan data port
     108titan data port = 22222
     109# Titan host (change it if e2webserv is not running locally on the receiver)
     110titan host = 127.0.0.1
     111# Automatic switching of channels
     112# It is useful if you do not want manually switch a channel on receiver with a single tuner.
     113# If it is set to false and you have a single tuner you can stream the only channels located
     114# On the same transponder as the current channel active on the receiver .
     115Autozap = true
     116# Log output file
     117logFile = /tmp/e2webserv.log
     118# Maximum log file size in KB. Set it to 0 (default 10KB) to disable logging (maximum allowed value is 1024).
     119# When the file limit is reached a backup of the current file is created .
     120# It Means maximally 2 x MaxLogSize KB will be used.
     121MaxLogSize = 10
     122# Thread pool size (1 through 8)
     123threadpool = 2
     124# Directory where the transponder and bouquet files are located.
     125# You do not need to Specify it, it will be Automatically Discovered .
     126# But if you you start e2webserv not on the receiver (but eg on your Linux server or Windows computer) then you
     127# Shoulderstand copy the settings (channel, transponder, provider and all bouquets file) and here Specify the location on the local computer .
     128titanDir = /mnt/settings
     129}}}
     130
     131== Links ==
     132
     133* Enigma2 Web API in [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?90948-Enigma2-Web-API-f % FCr - TitanNit AAF Forum]
     134* Sources on [https://github.com/gswiatek/e2api4titan GitHub]
     135[[br]]
     136[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-SatChannelListEditor

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2'''9.3 SatChannelListEditor''' [=#point9.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     3
     4This manual applies to version 5.4 of SatChannelListEditor (SCLE). In future releases,[[br]]
     5possibly new features will be added, making the screen shots of this program obsolete.
     6
     7== Requirements ==
     8SCLE has been programmed for the runtime environment " Microsoft. NET Framework ".[[br]]
     9Currently .NET Framework version 2.0 or higher is required.
     10
     11( also take a look at [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/.NET_Framework Wikipedia article . NET Framework] )
     12
     13== Windows ==
     14* In  Windows XP .NET Framework version 2.0, 3.0 or 3.5 must be installed.[[br]]
     15(3.0 and 3.5 are extended versions include version 2.0)
     16* For Windows Vista and Windows 7 the .NET Framework librarys are implemented[[br]]
     17in the operating system and do not need to be installed seperately.
     18* In Windows 8 .NET Framework 3.5 must be installed. As Windows 8 by default,[[br]]
     19only includes .NET framework 4.5, which is not compatible with SCLE
     20== Linux ==
     21In Linux, the Mono framework is required (see [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mono_(software)Wikipedia article about Mono project]) .
     22[[BR]] You may have to install WinForms libraries manually with "apt -get install libmono- winforms * "
     23[[BR]] You may then run SCLE from the command line with the command "mono SatChannelListEditor.exe ".
     24
     25== Mac OS ==
     26In Mac OS , just like Linux, the Mono-Framework is required to to run SCLE.
     27
     28== The first startup ==
     29After the first startup of SCLE the language is set to English and the receiver[[br]]
     30model " UFS -821 " is selected. You now have to set the language and your[[br]]
     31Receiver model to suite your receiver.
     32
     33Select the receiver and its System you like to manage.
     34
     35== Setting the receiver model and type of operating system ==
     36Select the menu under " Options ", select " Settings" :
     37
     38[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/3.png)]]
     39
     40Select Titan in the window that appears as the receiver you wish to connect to:
     41
     42[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/4.png)]]
     43
     44After selecting the reciever type under the option " Titan " set the IP address of your Receiver, before[[br]]
     45you close the window confirm the settings by clicking the OK button.[[br]]
     46The other settings on this page should not be changed.
     47
     48[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/5.png)]]
     49
     50== Download and upload the channel list ==
     51
     52After the Receiver model and the IP address have been set, you can fetch the channel[[br]]
     53list from your Receiver (Download) and after processing send it back to the Receiver (upload).
     54[[BR]] Use the Buttons in the Menubar of SCLE or in the Drop-down Menu:
     55
     56[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/6.png)]]
     57
     58[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/7.png)]]
     59
     60When you start an upload or download the program will automatically change to[[br]]
     61the message window where status messages are displayed for file transfer.
     62
     63== Edit the channel list ==
     64
     65== Favourites ==
     66
     67All TV and Radio channels are displayed in the tab "TV" and "Radio" in the main window[[br]]
     68of SCLE. Normally there are several hundreds or thousands of channels in this list.
     69[[BR]] To simplify navigation on your Receiver you may add the channels to more than one Favourites list.[[br]]
     70The Favourites also determine the channel number for easier and direct access with your remote control.
     71[[BR]] Create new favourites by clicking the right mouse button within the tree of favourites:
     72
     73[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/8.png)]]
     74
     75After creating the new Favourites entry assign the desired Name:
     76
     77[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/9.png)]]
     78
     79You may now add channels to your favourites by drag & drop of the channels[[br]]
     80onto the Favourites entry or by clicking the right mouse button on the desired channel[[br]]
     81and selecting Add to Favourites and selecting the Favourites Entry from the drop-down-menu:
     82
     83[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/10.png)]]
     84
     85Once a channel has been added to the favourites, a channel number is assigned.[[br]]
     86The first channel in the first favourites is channel number 1:
     87
     88[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/11.png)]]
     89
     90When a channel is assigned to more than one favourites list, it additionally[[br]]
     91obtains further channel numbers:
     92
     93[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/12.png)]]
     94
     95=== EPG favourite "EPG scan " ===
     96
     97For TV channels there is a special favourite called "EPG scan".[[br]]
     98Copy all channels you want to be included for the timed EPG scan, all channels in this list[[br]]
     99will have their epg automatically scaned.
     100
     101[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/13.png)]]
     102
     103=== Satellite ===
     104Creating and Editing Satellite entrys
     105Switch to the "Satellite" tab. After clicking the right mouse button the[[br]]
     106drop-down-menu is displayed, where you can create a new Satellite or edit an existing one.[[br]]
     107Double - clicking on an existing Satellite also opens this for editing.
     108
     109[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/14.png)]]
     110
     111[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/15.png)]]
     112
     113=== Creating and Editing Transponders ===
     114
     115Switch to the "Transponder" tab. After clicking the right mouse button the drop-down-menu[[br]]
     116is displayed, where you can create a new Transponder or edit an existing one.[[br]]
     117Double - clicking on an existing Transponder also opens this for editing.
     118
     119[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/16.png)]]
     120
     121[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/17.png)]]
     122
     123=== Creating and Editing Channels ===
     124Switch to the tab "TV" or "Radio". After clicking the right mouse button the drop-down-menu[[br]]
     125is displayed, where you can create a new channel or edit an existing one.[[br]]
     126Double - clicking on an existing channel also opens this for editing.
     127
     128[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/18.png)]]
     129
     130[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/19.png)]]
     131
     132=== Using receiver profiles ===
     133
     134If you have more than one Receiver, it is advisable to work with profiles.[[br]]
     135Go to the settings and enable the checkbox "Use Receiver Profiles":
     136
     137[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/20.png)]]
     138
     139Enter a name for the profile, and click the "Save" button.[[br]]
     140The profile will be created with the current settings specified under the "Titan" tab.
     141[[BR]] To create a profile for a second titan receiver, switch to the "Titan" tab,[[br]]
     142enter the IP address of the second receiver, switch back to the "General" tab,[[br]]
     143enter a new profile name and click on "Save" once again.
     144
     145When you close the settings window by clicking the -OK-button- You will now[[br]]
     146discover the new selection menu where you may choose your Receiver profile.
     147
     148[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/SCLE/21.png)]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-TiMote

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''9.1 TiMote''' [=#point9.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5
     6[[br]]
     7
     8Timote is a universal remote control for Linux-based receivers.
     9Currently (Atemio) TitanNit, Enigma2 and Neutrino are supported.
     10please note that screen shots were taken from TiMote version xxx future versions of TiMote could make these screenshots invalid.
     11
     12Features:
     13- Bouquets / Favorites
     14- Show EPG
     15- EPG search (*)
     16- Show the current station
     17- View recordings, stream and delete (*)
     18- Create, edit and delete timer
     19- Satfinder (*)
     20- Power Control
     21- Virtual Remote
     22- News
     23(*) Only Titannit/E2
     24
     25To stream an appropriate player, for example, MX Player, VPlayer or BSPlayer (lite) need to be installed.
     26If the app crashes, please activate the "send error report automatically" in the Settings. you can
     27thereby help improve the software and make troubleshooting easier crucial to the developer.
     28Comments, questions, suggestions or requests? Write me an email or post a comment on the app homepage!
     29appear
     30
     31[[br]]
     32
     33[[Image(http://www.android.com/images/brand/get_it_on_play_logo_large.png)]]
     34[[br]]
     35[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=eu.azato.timote PlayStore]
     36
     37[[br]]
     38When you open up Timote You are presented with the main interface along the top of the display the radio buttons are used as the menu of Timote [[br]]
     39See below for more information.
     40
     41'''Main''' [[br]]
     42[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TiMote/Main.png)]]
     43
     44Main contains a list of the main functions of timote:
     45
     46||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-TV#point0 TV]) ''' ||This will bring up a list of Boquets on the reciever).||
     47||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-On-air#point0 On-air]) ''' ||This will Bring up the information of the TV channel currently displaying on the Reciever||
     48||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Movies#point0 Movies]) ''' ||This will bring up the Movielist's stored on the reciever).||
     49||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Timer#point0 Timer]) ''' ||This will bring up a list of the current timer recordings on the reciever).||
     50||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-EPG-Search#point0 EPG-Search]) ''' ||This will bring up a a search page to search the EPG for a specific keyword).||
     51
     52[[br]]
     53
     54'''Misc''' [[br]]
     55[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TiMote/Misc.png)]]
     56
     57Misc contains a list of other functions of TiMote:
     58
     59||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Signal-Finder#point0 Signal-Finder]) ''' ||This will bring up the signal info's of the current displayed channel.||
     60||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Screenshot#point9.1.1 Screenshot]) ''' ||This will take a screen shot of the TV Display||
     61||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Remote#point9.1.2 Remote]) ''' ||This will bring up the on screen remote).||
     62||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Message#point9.1.3 Message]) ''' ||This can be used to send messages to the TV display).||
     63||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Power-Menu#point9.1.4 Power Menu]) ''' ||This will bring up the power control menu
     64||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-RGui#point9.1.5 RGui]) ''' ||This will start the RGui engine||
     65||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-LCD-Mode#point9.1.6 LCD Mode]) ''' ||???||
     66||'''([wiki:External-Software-TiMote-Power-About#point09.1.7 Power About]) ''' ||This will bring up information on the developers of TiMote).||
     67
     68'''Profiles''' [[br]]
     69[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TiMote/Profile.png)]]
     70
     71Profiles is a list of receiver profiles with the ability to select and control multiple receivers.
     72you may create a new profile using the add button at the top of the display.
     73
     74
     75----
     76Temp data to move to Individual pages
     77
     78
     79[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TiMote/Stream.png)]]
     80
     81[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TiMote/Boquet.png)]]
     82
     83
     84
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-TiView

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''9.2 TiView''' [=#point9.2] ([wiki:English-Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5TiView is a Windows 32bit application, that will run on a Windows 32/64bit system.[[br]]
     6The Tool uses the HTTP-RAW-Api of TitanNit.[[br]]
     7[[br]]
     8''Highlights of TiView''
     9
     10- *Output of the TV-Screen on your PC
     11- *Watch recordings on your PC
     12- *PiP function for 2 simultaneous TV-Stream or recording viewing on your PC
     13- *Proxy function for external access from a remote TiView and streaming a recoded stream
     14- Management of timers for recordings
     15- Infobar with progress bar for the actual program
     16- Picon-view in the Infobar(Enabled by adding the picons into the folder /picons in TiView)
     17- Channel EPG
     18- Multi EPG
     19- Grafical Multi EPG
     20- EPG Search
     21- Overview of recordings
     22- Manage profiles should one have more than one Receiver
     23- Signal-Monitor
     24- Send Messages to your Receiver
     25- OSD-Screenshot
     26'''*For Playback on your PC you need a compatable media player the 32bit version 2.x of VLC Player .'''[[br]]
     27(Alternativly you can copy libvlc.dll, libvlccore.dll and the Plugins folder from VLC into the TiView folder)
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-TitanEditor

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2'''9.5 TitanEditor''' [=#point19.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     3
     4Titan editor is a simple channel list editor that is able to convert enigma channel data to be able to operate[[br]]
     5on a titan based receiver. It is also able to convert the filename from enigma 2 picons to the titan format.
     6
     7This software is still beta status but the basic functions are working, there has been posts noted on the AAF Forum that[[br]]
     8converting picons in some instances comit an unhandled exception error causing the program to exit.
     9 
     10- convert E2 channel list's incl. bouquets (this will not work 100% for some channels)
     11 - edit/delete and add Titan channels
     12 - convert E2 picons to Titan picons
     13 - manage bouquets
     14
     15The current version of TitanEditor is version 0.15 and it may be downloaded from here [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?78014-TitanEditor-V0-15&p=802005&viewfull=1#post802005 titanEditor]
     16
     17 
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-TitanMote

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''9.1 TitanMote''' [=#point9.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5
     6[[br]]
     7
     8Titanmote is a universal remote control for Linux-based receivers.
     9Currently there is a little information we can provide reguarding this from the developer jagabongo.
     10
     11''Words from the developer:''
     12----
     13I'm currently working on an iOS app for TitanNit . For this I would need a few beta testers .
     14
     15The app will cost money later when development is finished and will be able to be purchased from the store, I will not releace it free because I have specially bought for this purpose a developer account and will take many hours of development, I also do not want the app to feature advertising.
     16
     17requirements:
     18 - IPhone or iPad with iOS > = 7.0
     19 - A bit of technical understanding
     20 - Lust for testing
     21
     22A few recent screenshots :
     23 https://www.dropbox.com/sh/armi0c3q72i350h/vm3szZDzvK
     24
     25
     26So in Version 1 I should be able to:
     27 
     28 - Browse by bouquets / channel lists + See Epg info and switch Channels.
     29 - Add timers on an event with the epg data.
     30 - List all timer
     31 - Delete Timer
     32 - easy remote copy with touch buttons
     33 - 2 profiles
     34 - Everywhere pull to refresh .
     35 - [ EDIT] Forgot , it will be multilingual or , DE, FR, IT and rest English. But languages ​​are all relatively retrofitted without hazzle
     36
     37Future features:
     38
     39 - User: Password WebIf Auth . ( hopefully not often used)
     40
     41 - Https support. ( Was I already am going to test with self-signed stuff but totally in the pants ... )
     42
     43 - The stream to an iOS device is just not as easy as on Android that is why they first moved to the rear.
     44 
     45
     46BETA testing runs like this:
     47 
     48 * 1 You send with your UUID ( google iOS Device UUID to find out )
     49
     50 * 2 Your you created an account at https://build.phonegap.com ( Free is sufficient).
     51
     52 * 3 You share me with your UUID and email phonegap.build accounts.
     53 
     54When that's done you can you log on your mobile Safari in build.phonegap.com and always install it there through the browser to the latest build. (OTA Installation).
     55 
     56This is perfectly legal and possible even without jailbreak.
     57
     58
     59if you are intreseed in becomming a better tester please leave a message in the [[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?100699-iOS-TitanNit-iOS-App-!-titanMote-!-Tester-gesucht!&p=974748#post974748 | forum]].
  • wiki/pages/nl/External-Software-TitanNitLanguageEditor

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''9.6 TitanNit Language Editor''' [=#point9.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5
     6The TitanNit Language Editor tool is used to provide translations files for devs to implement translations into the TitanNit gui.
     7
     8=== Made by Karlo ===
     9
     10German and English languages have been made and have been merged into svn.
     11To support future languages you can use this program to download  the language base files from the svn for conversion it supports UTF-8 so special
     12chracters from various languages can be implemented.
     13
     14Please check the [[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?98565-TitanNitLanguageEditor forum Link | main thread]] for the latest version, or the [#point9.6.7 Changelog]:
     15
     16
     17
     18This program requires microsoft visual basic runtime files to operate.
     19
     20Once you have made a Translation you may upload the translation po files to the aaf forum for implementation into TitanNit.
     21
     22If you think you can help with a translation please do so at the end of this page there is information on ([#point9.6.5 Submission]).
     23
     24
     25[[br]]
     26
     27----
     28'''Features''' ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     29----
     30 
     31* load po file from svn __"File/ Open Source (svn)"__
     32* Import po file from svn or local as source __"File/ Import Titan.po"__
     33* open local file as target__"File/ Open target (local)"__
     34* save target file __"File/ Save Target"__
     35* save target file as titan.po __"File/ Save titan.po"__
     36* export msg string for external use __"File/ Export msgstr as Titan.po"__
     37* Build reciever translation file __"File/ Build Titan.mo"__
     38* export sourcefile to target __"Edit/ target.po -> target"__
     39* view source target differences __"Edit/ diff target - titan.po"__
     40
     41[[br]]
     42
     43----
     44'''Functions'''  ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     45----
     46
     47''Select an item to view more info:''
     48
     49* ([#point9.6.1 Loading a translation from svn])
     50* ([#point9.6.2 Loading a Translation from a local directory])
     51* ([#point9.6.3 Import Translation from svn or local (Source/ Target Mode)])
     52* ([#point9.6.4 Edit Translation])
     53* ([#point9.6.5 Submission])
     54* ([#point9.6.6 Local Testing])
     55
     56
     57
     58----
     59'''Loading a translation from svn''' [=#point9.6.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     60----
     61
     62To load a translation from the server SVN repo select the translation file from the menu: [[br]]
     63
     64[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/open_server.jpg)]] [[br]]
     65
     66it will then start downloading from the internet.[[br]]
     67
     68[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/loading_server.jpg)]] [[br]]
     69
     70[[br]]
     71([#point9.6 Top of Page])
     72[[br]]
     73
     74----
     75'''Loading a Translation from a local directory''' [=#point9.6.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     76----
     77
     78To load a translation from the local directory select the translation file from the menu: [[br]]
     79
     80[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/open_local.jpg)]] [[br]]
     81
     82[[br]]
     83([#point9.6 Top of Page])
     84[[br]]
     85
     86----
     87'''Import Translation from svn or local (Source/ Target Mode)'''[=#point9.6.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     88----
     89
     90To import a translation from svn or the local directory select the translation file from the menu: [[br]]
     91Note: for this to work a source file must be loaded first [[br]]
     92
     93[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/import_file.jpg)]] [[br]]
     94
     95[[br]]
     96
     97you will then be dispalyed with this view to view the two po files along side each other:
     98
     99[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/import_list_view.jpg)]] [[br]]
     100
     101[[br]]
     102
     103you can then select __"Edit/ diff target - titan.po"__ to view the source and target differences.
     104
     105[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/diff_target.jpg)]] [[br]]
     106
     107[[br]]
     108
     109you can also automatically merge the source files to the target file  by selecting __"Edit/ target.po -> target"__
     110
     111[[br]]
     112([#point9.6 Top of Page])
     113[[br]]
     114
     115----
     116'''Edit Translation''' [=#point9.6.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     117----
     118
     119
     120Now that it is loaded you may edit the msgid strings to suit your language and upload to the aaf forum.
     121you may use the buttons on the lower taskbar to search for strings you wish to edit.[[br]]
     122
     123[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/TLE/edit.jpg)]]
     124
     125[[br]]
     126([#point9.6 Top of Page])
     127[[br]]
     128 
     129----
     130'''Submission'''[=#point9.6.5]  ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     131----
     132
     133If you could submit your completed translation file into the thread below for comitting by the devs into svn.
     134 
     135please note that some translations may no be able to be imported into some receivers due to memory constarints.
     136
     137[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/showthread.php?98565-TitanNitLanguageEditor forum Link]
     138
     139[[br]]
     140([#point9.6 Top of Page])
     141[[br]]
     142
     143----
     144'''Local Testing''' [=#point9.6.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     145----
     146
     147If you wish to install your modified language files into your reciever for testing you can so by exporting you file an a titan.mo file you can do this by selecting __"File/ Build Titan.mo"__ for this to work you need to install some aditional components  in to the program directory.
     148
     149To do this create a folder in the program directory called __"gettext"__ and extract the below files into that directory:
     150
     151
     152[http://ftp.informatik.rwth-aachen.de/ftp/pub/gnu/gettext/gettext-runtime-0.13.1.bin.woe32.zip gettext-runtime] [[br]]
     153[http://ftp.informatik.rwth-aachen.de/ftp/pub/gnu/libiconv/libiconv-1.9.1.bin.woe32.zip libiconv] [[br]]
     154[http://ftp.informatik.rwth-aachen.de/ftp/pub/gnu/gettext/gettext-tools-0.13.1.bin.woe32.zip gettext-tools] [[br]]
     155
     156Once you have exported your titan.mo file you may ftp or manually copy it onto your Receiver to test it.
     157
     158The file needs to go into the directory and a reboot neede to be proformed afterwards:  '''/var/usr/local/share/titan/po/__??__/LC_MESSAGES/titan.mo)''' where __??__ is the language file you are editing.
     159
     160''Note: if you have trouble exporting the translation to a mo file place the program directory on the root of your harddisk it can some times fail if the program it too deep in the file system''
     161
     162[[br]]
     163([#point9.6 Top of Page])
     164[[br]]
     165
     166----
     167'''Change log''' [=#point9.6.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     168----
     169
     170
     171
     172Version 0.7 :
     173 * Loading and saving is now Uniformly in UTF- 8! Now special characters can be used from other languages.
     174 
     175Version 0.8 :
     176 
     177 * minor changes
     178 * 'Build titan.mo ' for more infomation see ([#point9.6.6 Local Testing])
     179
     180Version 0.8.1 :
     181 * 1 Column now displays the line number of the msgid
     182 * 'Build titan.mo ' - in case of error in a makeMo.cmd Prog -Dir is created at the (click ) is probably better to see what 's going on
     183 * 'Edit / show only diff ' - same entries appear at msgid <> titan.po from
     184
     185Version 0.8.2 :
     186 * Fixed tooltip error
     187
     188Version 0.9.0 :
     189 * Fixed Error 13 - Thanks to Channel beta-testing
     190 * 'Import 2 po file ' to load an alternate po -files
     191 * ' titan.po -> Target' copied now empty fields Double entry copied by msgid
     192
     193version 0.9.1 :
     194 * svn version is displayed and saved as ' .... po.55555.svn '
     195 * thus can also be compared with an old ( stored ) version
     196
     197[[br]]
     198([#point9.6 Top of Page])
     199[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/File-Browser

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.2.5 File Browser''' [=#point3.2.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/export/26462/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/file_manager.jpg)]][[br]]
     8>
     9>Here you can browse files from any source available from your decoder (local or network)
     10> you may do such things as copy delete and move.
     11
     12
     13[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Filesystem-Check

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.5.1 File system Check''' [=#point3.5.5.1] ([WikiStart#point3.5 System (Back])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Filesystem-Check.jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8Here you can format your harddisk select an item and follow the onscreen prompts.
     9
     10[[br]]
     11
     12
     13 
     14
     15[[BR]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Format-Hdd

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.5 Hard Disk''' [=#point3.5.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 system (Back)])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Format-Hdd.jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8Here you can format your harddisk select an item and follow the onscreen prompts.
     9Note that you must enable ([wiki:Adjust#point3.6.7 Expertmode]) to show all available format options in this display.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13
     14 
     15
     16[[BR]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Free-Space

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.7.8.2 Free Space''' [=#point3.7.8.2] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Free-Space.jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8Here you can view the free space of all the file systems acessable from the decoder.
     9
     10[[br]]
     11
     12
     13[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Functions

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2
     3----
     4'''2 Interface Elements''' [=#point2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     5----
     6[[br]]
     7This section will show the functions and controls of the various elements in the gui within TitanNit and discriptions to the various
     8items and their functions aswell as helpfull information and tricks to get the most possible experience with your Receiver.
     9
     10Note: pictures in this area only apply to the default skin used in Titan.
     11If you do not see a specific menu item on the display please select the default skin from the menu as follows all the functions displayed below are implemented in all skins but some elements may be omitted from the display in some skins:
     12
     13 Press the __"Menu"__ button and select __"Settings"__ scroll down to __"Skin"__ and select the __"Default"__ Skin from the menu.
     14 The decoder will then reboot with the new selected __Default__ skin.
     15
     16----
     17{{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
     18 {{{#!table style="border: none"
     19  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     20  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     21[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Infobar.png,align=left,link=[#point2.1])]]
     22  }}}
     23  '''[#point2.1 infobar]'''[[br]]
     24  {{{#!div style="float: left
     25Default display when pressing the __Info__ button while watching TV.
     26  }}}
     27  }}}
     28  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     29  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     30[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/playback_infobar.png,align=left,link=[wiki:History#point2.2 TitanNit Info])]]
     31  }}}
     32  '''[#point2.2 Playback infobar]'''[[br]]
     33  {{{#!div style="float: left
     34Default display when pressing the __Info__ button while watching A recording or Media using the default player.
     35  }}}
     36  }}}
     37  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     38  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     39[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/AudioTracks_infobar.png,align=left,link=[#point2.3])]]
     40  }}}
     41  '''[#point2.3 Audiotracks infobar]'''[[br]]
     42  {{{#!div style="float: left
     43Default display when pressing the __Audio__ button while watching TV, A recording or Media using the default player.
     44  }}}
     45  }}}
     46  |----
     47  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     48  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     49[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Channel History.png,align=left,link=[#point2.4])]]
     50  }}}
     51  '''[#point2.4 Channel History]'''[[br]]
     52  {{{#!div style="float: left
     53Default display when pressing the __Recall__ button while watching A recording or Media using the default player.
     54  }}}
     55  }}}
     56  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     57  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     58[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Sleep_Timer.png,align=left,link=[#point2.5])]]
     59  }}}
     60  '''[#point2.5 Sleep Timer]'''[[br]]
     61  {{{#!div style="float: left
     62Default display when pressing the __Sleep_ button while the decoder is in operation.
     63  }}}
     64  }}}
     65  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     66  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     67[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/Subtitle.png,align=left,link=[#point2.6])]]
     68  }}}
     69  '''[#point2.6  Subtitle]'''[[br]]
     70  {{{#!div style="float: left
     71Default display when pressing the __Subtitle__ button while watching TV, A recording or Media using the default player.
     72  }}}
     73  }}}
     74  |----
     75  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     76  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     77[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/EPG.png,align=left,link=[#point2.7])]]
     78  }}}
     79  '''[#point2.7 EPG]'''[[br]]
     80 {{{#!div style="float: left
     81Default display when pressing the __EPG__ button while watching TV.
     82  }}}
     83  }}}
     84  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     85  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     86[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/program_info.png,align=left,link=[#point2.8])]]
     87  }}}
     88  '''[#point2.8 Program Info]'''[[br]]
     89   {{{#!div style="float: left
     90Default display when pressing the __Info__ button while viewing the EPG.
     91  }}}
     92  }}}
     93  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     94  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     95[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/player.png,align=left,link=[#point2.9])]]
     96  }}}
     97  '''[#point2.9 Player]'''[[br]]
     98  {{{#!div style="float: left
     99Default display when pressing the __Play_ button.
     100  }}}
     101  }}}
     102  |----
     103  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     104  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     105[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/favourite.png,align=left,link=[#point2.10])]]
     106  }}}
     107  '''[#point2.10 Favourite]'''[[br]]
     108  {{{#!div style="float: left
     109Default display when pressing the __FAV__ button.
     110  }}}
     111  }}}
     112  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     113  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     114[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Functions/record.png,align=left,link=[#point2.11])]]
     115  }}}
     116  '''[#point2.11 Record]'''[[br]]
     117  {{{#!div style="float: left
     118Default display when pressing the __REC__ button while watching TV.
     119  }}}
     120  }}}
     121
     122
     123 }}}
     124}}}
     125----
     126[[BR]]
     127
     128
     129
     130
     131
     132'''Infobar''' [=#point2.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     133
     134[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Info-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
     135This overlay display shows when you press the __"INFO"__ button when viewing a tv channel. [[br]]
     136It shows actual and next program information
     137
     138[[br]]
     139'''Playback Infobar''' [=#point2.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     140
     141[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Playback-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
     142This overlay shows when you press the __"INFO"__ button when playing back a program or time shift is in operation. [[br]]
     143It shows a list of the available buttons to use when in playbac/timeshift to do various things.
     144
     145[[br]]
     146'''Audio Track''' [=#point2.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     147
     148[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Audio-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
     149This overlay shows when you press the __"AUDIO""__ button when viewing a tv channel. [[br]]
     150It allows you to adjust the audio track on the current stream if an alternative audio source exists.
     151
     152[[br]]
     153'''History''' [=#point2.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     154
     155[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/History-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
     156This overlay shows when you press the __"RECALL"__ button when viewing a tv channel. [[br]]
     157It allows you to recall the past viewed channels for fast zapping between them.
     158
     159[[br]]
     160'''Sleep Timer''' [=#point2.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     161
     162[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Sleep-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
     163This overlay shows when you press the __"SLEEP"__ button. [[br]]
     164It allows you to set the shutdown timer to automatically shutdown the receiver.
     165
     166[[br]]
     167'''Subtitle''' [=#point2.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     168
     169[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Subtitle-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
     170This overlay shows when you press the __"SUBTITLE"__ button. [[br]]
     171It allows you to select/enable a subtitle during playback.
     172
     173[[br]]
     174'''EPG''' [=#point2.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     175
     176[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/EPG-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
     177This overlay shows when you press the __"EPG"__ button. [[br]]
     178It shows a list of the program information from here you can setup a timer or search the EPG.
     179
     180[[br]]
     181'''Program Info''' [=#point2.8] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     182
     183[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Program-Info-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
     184This Overlay shows when you press the __"INFO"__ button when in the EPG display. [[br]]
     185This shows the current selected program information.
     186
     187[[br]]
     188'''Player''' [=#point2.9] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     189
     190[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Internal-Player-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
     191This overlay shows when you press the __"PLAY"__ button. [[br]]
     192It allows you to select a movie or recording to play it also has a basic file manager.
     193
     194[[br]]
     195'''Favourite''' [=#point2.10] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     196
     197[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Favourite-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
     198This overlay shows when you press the __"FAV"__ button. [[br]]
     199It allows you to brouse through your favourits lists.
     200
     201[[br]]
     202'''Record''' [=#point2.11] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     203
     204[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Record-OSD.jpg)]] [[br]]
     205This overlay shows when you press the __"RECORD"__ button. [[br]]
     206It allows you to set the record function on the current tv channel.
     207
     208[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Git-Changelog

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.7.7 GIT Changelog''' [=#point3.7.7] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Git_Changelog.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9> here you can git information.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
  • wiki/pages/nl/Graphic-EPG

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.1.3 Graphic EPG''' [=#point3.1.3] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.1 Records and EPG(Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Graphical_EPG.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9Graphic EPG is a multi channel graphical EPG.
     10
     11
     12[[br]]
     13
     14 '''Coloured and Extra Button's Functions"
     15
     16 The __"Coloured and Extra Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the Single EPG menu.
     17 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     18 
     19 ||'''Red Button: (Timer)''' ||This will bring up the recording timer menu to set up a timer.||
     20 ||'''0 key (EPG Search):''' ||This will search the EPG for text you specify and bring up a list of matches where you may press the red button to set up a timer.||
     21 ||'''FAV Button: (Favourite)''' ||This will bring up Favourite Boquet menu to select the EPG you would like to display.||
     22 ||'''Info Button: (Info)''' ||This will bring up the selected program's EPG info string.||
     23 
     24
     25
     26For information on setting up a timer Recording using the red button see ([WikiStart#point103.10.6 Records]) for more info.
     27For information on setting proforming an EPG search using the 0 Key see ([WikiStart#point103.10.5 EPG Search]) for more info.
  • wiki/pages/nl/HTTP-Settings

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.4.6 HTTP Settings''' [=#point3.5.4.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5.1 network (Back])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/HTTP-Settings.jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8Here you can setup your HTTP interface.
     9
     10[[br]]
     11
     12||'''Start HTTPD:''' ||Start the webserver.||
     13 ||'''User:''' ||Sets the zoom level of the EPG to show more or less of a time span of the shown programs.||
     14 ||'''Password:''' ||Set to yes to use picons or the alternative Picon sets in the infobar and EPG stored in /var/media/autofs/sda1/swapextensions/usr/local/share/titan/picons/ directory.||
     15 ||'''HTTPD Port:''' ||Should the EPG be deleted before a the timed scan.||
     16 ||'''IP for Stream:''' ||Behavior after the EPG scan is completed EPG scan: Nothing (Stand-By) or Switch Off (Deep Stand-By).||
     17 ||'''Stream Port:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway EPG stream during EPG scan.||
     18 ||'''Start RGUID:''' ||Scan for a Media Highway version 2 EPG stream during  EPG scan.||
     19 ||'''RGUID Port''' ||Scan for an OpenTV EPG stream during EPG scan.||
     20 
     21 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     22 
     23[[br]]
     24----
     25
     26 '''Coloured Button's Functions"
     27
     28 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
     29 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     30 
     31 ||'''Text Button: (Keyboard)''' ||This will bring up the onscreen keyboard to edit the currently selected test string.||
     32
     33
  • wiki/pages/nl/Hard-Disk

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.5 Hard Disk''' [=#point3.5.5] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.5 System (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/system-Hard_Disk.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9Here you can configure your harddisk.[[BR]]
     10please select a menu item for more information.
     11[[br]]
     12
     13 * ([wiki:Format-Hdd#point3.5.5.1 Format HDD])
     14 * ([wiki:Filesystem-Check#point3.5.5.2 Filesystem Check])
     15 * ([wiki:Configure#point3.5.5.3 Configure])
     16 * ([wiki:Time-to-sleep#point3.5.5.4 Time to sleep])
     17
     18[[BR]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/History

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''1 TitanNit Info Contents ''' [=#point1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5[[br]]
     6This section conatins information on TitanNit and frequently asked questions about it.
     7Please choose an item below to find more information.
     8
     9You may select a skip to a specific setup topic or scroll down to read the complete guide.
     10
     11{{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
     12 {{{#!table style="border: none"
     13  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     14  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     15[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/About.png,align=left,link=[#point1.1])]]
     16  }}}
     17  '''([#point1.1 About])'''[[br]]
     18  {{{#!div style="float: left
     19click here to find info about TitanNit
     20  }}}
     21  }}}
     22  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     23  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     24[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/History.png,align=left,link=[#point1.2])]]
     25  }}}
     26  '''([#point1.2 History])'''[[br]]
     27  {{{#!div style="float: left
     28click here to find info on the beginnings of TitanNit
     29  }}}
     30  }}}
     31  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     32  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     33[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/Features.png,align=left,link=[#point1.3])]]
     34  }}}
     35  '''([#point1.3 Features])'''[[br]]
     36  {{{#!div style="float: left
     37click here to find info on the various features of TitanNit
     38  }}}
     39  }}}
     40}}}
     41}}}
     42
     43{{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
     44 {{{#!table style="border: none"
     45  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     46  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     47[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/History/Frequnetly_Asked_Questions.png,align=left,link=[#point1.4])]]
     48  }}}
     49  '''([#point1.4 Frequently Asked Questions])'''[[br]]
     50  {{{#!div style="float: left
     51Apendixcies/ references [[br]]to other setup related topics.
     52  }}}
     53  }}}
     54}}}
     55}}}
     56[[br]]
     57[[br]]
     58
     59----
     60'''1 About''' [=#point1.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     61----
     62[[br]]
     63TitanNit is a semi closed source replacement operating system for kathrein and Atemio/Atevio digital set top receivers.
     64It has come about  as the users/devs wanted something better than was currently available.
     65TitanNit is spawned from other projects and is developed by users come devs so it is easy of use but yet still remains powerfull and configurable and feature packed.[[br]]
     66[[br]]
     67[[br]]
     68
     69----
     70'''1 History''' [=#point1.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     71----
     72[[br]]
     73 * Everything started in April 2011. For almost three weeks our Developer Nit secretly worked on the foundation of Titan. After the presentation by Nit Obi and the rest of the team came on board. Everybody was surprised by the rapid development of the Titan Project.
     74 * From the beginning the development and source of Titan was nonpublic, as it was not to be foreseen in which direction the development would go.
     75 * After a development period of 6 months our hardware manufacturer Atemio declared interest in the project. Looking back at Years of support through Atemio with the Enigma2 Software, Atemio was given main priority for Titan project.
     76 * A six-months agreement with Atemio was signed in December 2011.
     77 * Due to the good cooperation the agreement was extended and is still in force.
     78 * The basic idea for this project originated for various reasons:
     79  * due to the missing Python Chip and low CPU speed the sh4 receivers have always had problems with Enigma2.
     80  * the constant improvement and expansion of Enigma2 and the TDT Git was comprehensive and time-consuming.
     81  * the alternative Neutrino GIT at that time was not layed out to support twin tuner Receivers.
     82  * Nit then decided to combine both, the Enigma2 and the Neutrino, to a new Gui which implemented all advantages of both systems.
     83  * Neutrinos main advantage has always been its speed
     84  * Enigma2s advantage was the ease of integration and expansion with skins and extensions
     85  * These two systems combined into one new system was the basic idea of Titan.
     86[[br]]
     87[[br]]
     88
     89----
     90'''2 Features''' [=#point1.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     91----
     92[[br]]
     93'' Highlights of TitanNit ''
     94
     95     - Powerful Linux operating system
     96     - Fast boot
     97         - About 1 second from standby mode
     98         - About 25 seconds from the deep standby mode
     99     - Fast channel switching times (less than 1 second)
     100     - Different menu interfaces (skins) including customization options
     101     - Many options to customize the system to your needs
     102     - Backup / Restore function
     103     - Organized Favourites and Channel listings and the direct list of following Programs. 
     104     - Multi-Tuner
     105     - Plug-in management
     106     - Supports many media formats
     107     - Wide range of plugins
     108     - PC programs to personalize and convert the channel list
     109     - Screen saver in radio mode
     110     - Remote control buttons freely assignable
     111     - Online update of the firmware with the ability to retain settings
     112     - Low memory consumption
     113     - 24 hour Forum Support
     114     - Growing Community
     115     - Web Interface
     116     - Android app "timote"
     117     - Windows App "tiView"
     118     - Bouquets Editor "SatchannelListEditor"
     119[[br]]
     120
     121
     122----
     123'''Frequently Asked Questions''' [=#point1.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     124----
     125[[br]]
     126
     127'''What is Titan?'''[[br]]TitanNit is a semi closed source replacement operating system for kathrein and Atemio/Atevio digital set top receivers designed to completly replace the factory software.
     128[[br]]
     129
     130'''What can Titan do?'''[[br]]Titan was primarally designed to play/view and record live tv services from tresterial, cable and satellite, it can also be used to play/view the most popular video, audio, and picture formats, and many more lesser-known formats, including:
     131 Video - DVD-Video, VCD/SVCD, MPEG-1/2/4, DivX, XviD, Matroska
     132Audio - MP3, AAC.
     133Picture - JPG, GIF, PNG.
     134
     135
     136These can all be played directly from the hard-drive or from a computer over a local network (LAN) internet IPTV services and media streams hosted by the [[wiki:Plugins-Player#point10.11 TiThek]] plugin.
     137
     138 TitanNit can play DVD-Video movies (with and without menus) from ISO/IMG images and even ZIP/RAR-archives with the use of the [[wiki:Plugins-Player#point10.11 dvd-player plugin]].
     139 TitanNit has a simple user interface that's pleasant and easy to use.
     140
     141All these features enable your device to function as a full multimedia entertainment system for your tv for the whole family to enjoy.
     142[[br]]
     143[[br]]
     144
     145'''What features does TitanNit have?'''[[br]]See the complete list of supported features in the [[wiki:Versions#point6 software versions changelog]] for information of the offically supported features.
     146[[br]]
     147[[br]]
     148 
     149'''Where can I suggest/request a new feature or function to be implemented into TitanNit?'''[[br]]You can log a NEW feature/function request in our tracker. Just make sure that you first remember to search for existing "Feature Requests" before logging a new request/ticket! (see [wiki:Troubleshooting#point12.1 12.1 Bug Reporting] for information on submitting a ticket).
     150
     151You may also post a copy of your suggestion in the feature-suggestion section of our [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Digital Forum] if you want it open for discussion,
     152Please respect that your request only counts as a suggestion, there' s no guarantee that it will implemented soon or ever.
     153
     154Almost all users think their own ideas is the most important, and a very common comment is: "if you only add these features then TitanNit will be perfect for me".
     155
     156You could try bribing the devs with elaborate gifts :-) flattery will get you every where and agorant requests will most likely get your posts deleted or get you banned from the forum please follow the rules of the forum [http://www.aaf-digital.info/ here].
     157[[br]]
     158[[br]]
     159 
     160'''When will this and that feature or function be supported by TitanNit?'''[[br]]TitanNit development is driven by the tasks that are important to the individual developers and to the hardware sponsors Atemio, if you have a funky idea or feature you wish implemented submit a request ticket (see [wiki:Troubleshooting#point12.1 12.1 Bug Reporting], but make an extensive search of the forum and tickets before requesting it as it has probally been sugested before.
     161[[br]]
     162[[br]]
     163
     164'''Is TitanNit, or the AAFTeam affiliated with Fortis, katherin or ..... or the hardware manufacturer of my Reciever?'''[[br]]No, TitanNit and its members are not in any way affiliated with the manufactures in any way. TitanNit is a third party operating system designed to replace the manufactures original operating system.
     165[[br]]
     166[[br]]
     167
     168'''Will the instalation of Titan Void my Warranty?'''[[br]]Yes probally but this software is tested to ensure it won't dammage your reciever and can be reverted at any time to a factory condition. please see [wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers] for a list of suspected supported receivers, If you have successfully installed TitanNit on your Receiver please inform an admin member so this list can be updated and verified.
     169
     170If the factory software was so feature packed and bugless there would be no need for software like TitanNit but sadly this is a world where software is driven by sales and purchases by the big players who request features, but TitanNit is a little different it was started just because the users/ devs wanted something better than what was handed to them by the manufacturer.
     171[[br]]
     172[[br]]
     173
     174'''Why is TitanNit Not available for my receiver model XXX?'''[[br]]TitanNit is funded by Atemio who supplys hardware to the devs in return for developing software for use on these devices.
     175In future TitanNit may be available for your receiver as support in increaced, at this time Titan in in development for the Broadcom Mips Archeture for the upcomming release of the Atemio 5200 which will be the first non SH4 based reciever supported by TitanNit.
     176[[br]]
     177[[br]]
     178
     179'''How do I ...'''[[br]] I don't know I suggest you read the [wiki:Quick-Start-Guide#point0 Quick Start Guide], manual, check the rest of the wiki or proform a [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/search.php?search_type=1 search] on the forum, as it has most likely been asked before and you will find the answer, as a last resort post a question on the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/forum.php AAF Digital Forum].
     180[[br]]
     181[[br]]
     182
     183'''Where should I put videos/music and pictures so that Titan can read it?''' [[br]]Anywhere you like. TitanNit can read off the local harddisk,usb sticks, or from network sources. Simply press "Add a Source" using the network Browser and browse away.
     184>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Network-Browser.jpg, 25%)]][[br]]
     185[[br]]
     186[[br]]
     187
     188'''What is the default username and password to the built-in FTP server and telnet server?'''Both the default password and the user name is “root” (in lower case) as with many linux instalations.
     189[[br]]
     190[[br]]
     191
     192'''Can I watch recordings from my decoder when on holiday?'''[[br]]yes you can you will need to set up either a static ip on your home network or set up a dynadns server, from there you can log onto the web interface and use video lan to watch tv or your recordings.
     193[[br]]
     194[[br]]
     195
     196'''Can I thank and or Chat the TitanNit team?''[[br]]Yes sure you can jump on the [[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/ AAFforum]]  and leave a post and or stop by [wiki:Contact#point15 Skype] and request a invite the majority of us speak german, some of us speak english also.
     197
     198'''Do you accept donations?'''[[br]] the team is currently fully funded and no donations are nesessary but if you have some device that may be of use with titan feel free to contact us.
     199
     200'''How come the Wiki does not show how to operate feature or function.....?'''[[br]]Titan Is in development and is updated almost daily some features plugins or informations have yet to be merged in, this forum is open to editing by the community feel free to log in and add said feature's informatation to the wiki.
     201[[br]]
     202[[br]]
     203
     204([#point1 Top of Page])
     205 
     206 
     207
     208
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''8 Installation and Recovery Contents''' [=#point8] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5This section contains information on installation and removal of TitanNit from your receiver
     6{{{#!div style="width: 1100px; margin: auto"
     7 {{{#!table style="border: none"
     8  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     9  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     10[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Atemio.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage)]]
     11  }}}
     12  '''SH4 Atemio'''[[br]]
     13  {{{#!div style="float: left
     14 [http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage]
     15 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.000 Contents]
     16 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.001 Atemio510]
     17 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.002 Atemio520]
     18 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.003 Atemio530]
     19 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.004 Atemio7600]
     20 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.005 Atemio700]
     21 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio#point8.006 Atemio7000]
     22  }}}
     23  }}}
     24  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     25  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     26[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Fortis.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.fortis.co.kr Fortis homepage)]]
     27  }}}
     28  '''SH4 Fortis'''[[br]]
     29   {{{#!div style="float: left
     30 [http://www.fortis.co.kr Fortis homepage]
     31 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.010 Contents]
     32 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.011 Fortis Clone]
     33 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.012 Bootloader Installation]
     34 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.013 Fortis FS-9000]
     35 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.014 Fortis FS-9200]
     36 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.015 Fortis HS-9510]
     37 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.016 Fortis HX-8200]
     38 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis#point8.017 Fortis HS-7810]
     39  }}}
     40  }}}
     41 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     42  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     43[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/homecast.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.myhomecast.nl Homecast homepage)]]
     44  }}}
     45  '''SH4 Homecast'''[[br]]
     46 {{{#!div style="float: left
     47 [http://www.myhomecast.nl Homecast homepage]
     48 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Homecast#point8.020 Contents]
     49 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Homecast#point8.021 Homecast Pro]
     50  }}}
     51  }}}
     52  |----
     53  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     54  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     55[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/IPBox.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.abipbox.com/ AB IPBox homepage)]]
     56  }}}
     57  '''SH4 IPBox'''[[br]]
     58  {{{#!div style="float: left
     59 [http://www.abipbox.com/ AB IPBox homepage]
     60 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.030 Contents]
     61 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.031 Ipbox91]
     62 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.032 Ipbox900]
     63 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.033 Ipbox910]
     64 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox#point8.034 Ipbox9000]
     65  }}}
     66  }}}
     67  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     68  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     69[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/kathrein.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.kathrein-gmbh.at kathrein homepage)]]
     70  }}}
     71  '''SH4 Katherin'''[[br]]
     72  {{{#!div style="float: left
     73 [http://www.kathrein-gmbh.at kathrein homepage]
     74 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.040 Contents]
     75 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.041 Ufs910]
     76 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.042 Ufs912]
     77 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.043 Ufs913]
     78 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.044 Ufs922]
     79 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin#point8.045 Ufc960]
     80  }}}
     81  }}}
     82  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     83  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     84[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Spark.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.spark-tv.com Spark homepage)]]
     85  }}}
     86  '''SH4 Spark'''[[br]]
     87  {{{#!div style="float: left
     88 [http://www.spark-tv.com Spark homepage]
     89 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark#point8.050 Contents]
     90 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark#point8.051 Spark7111]
     91 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark#point8.052 Spark7162]
     92  }}}
     93  }}}
     94  |----
     95 {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     96  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     97[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Atemio.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage)]]
     98  }}}
     99  '''Mips Atemio'''[[br]]
     100  {{{#!div style="float: left
     101 [http://www.atemio.de Atemio homepage]
     102 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.060 Contents]
     103 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.061 Atemio5000 AKA Nemesis]
     104 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.062 Atemio5200]
     105 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.063 Atemio6000]
     106 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.064 Atemio6100]
     107 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio#point8.065 Atemio6200]
     108  }}}
     109  }}}
     110  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     111  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     112[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/beyonwiz.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.beyonwiz.com.au Beyonwiz homepage)]]
     113  }}}
     114  '''Mips Beyonwiz'''[[br]]
     115 {{{#!div style="float: left
     116 [http://www.beyonwiz.com.au Beyonwiz homepage]
     117
     118 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Beyonwiz#point8.070 Contents]
     119 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Beyonwiz#point8.071 BeyonwizT4]
     120  }}}
     121  }}}
     122  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     123  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     124[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Goldern_Interstar.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.golden-interstar.pl Golden Interstar homepage)]]
     125  }}}
     126  '''Mips Golden Interstar'''[[br]]
     127  {{{#!div style="float: left
     128 [http://www.golden-interstar.pl Golden Interstar homepage]
     129 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar#point8.080 Contents]
     130 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar#point8.081 Xpeedlx1/2]
     131 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar#point8.082 Xpeedlx3]
     132  }}}
     133  }}}
     134  |----
     135  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     136  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     137[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Miraclebox.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.miraclebox.se miraclebox homepage)]]
     138  }}}
     139  '''Mips Miraclebox[[br]]
     140  {{{#!div style="float: left
     141 [http://www.miraclebox.se Miraclebox homepage]
     142 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox#point8.090 Contents]
     143 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox#point8.091 MBUltra]
     144 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox#point8.092 MBMini]
     145}}}
     146}}}
     147  {{{#!td align=center valign=top style="border: none; font-size: 115%"
     148  {{{#!div style="float: left"
     149[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/Common/Icons/Receiver_logo/Sezam.png, 60px,align=left,link=http://www.sezam-club.ru/ homepage)]]
     150  }}}
     151  '''Mips Sezam'''[[br]]
     152 {{{#!div style="float: left
     153 [http://www.sezam-club.ru/ Mips Sezam homepage]
     154 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam#point8.100 Contents]
     155 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam#point8.101 Sezam-Marvel]
     156 * [wiki:Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam#point8.102 Sezam-1000HD]
     157  }}}
     158  }}}
     159}}}
     160}}}
     161
     162
     163----   
     164'''8.113 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.113] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
     165----
     166* [wiki:Manufactures#point13 13 Manufactures] - [http://atemio.de/index.php/software-updates Stable Images][[br]] 
     167* [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
     168
     169  '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]]
     170* [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6  iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 
     171 
     172[[br]] 
     173[#point8 Top of Page] 
     174[[br]]
     175
     176
     177
     178
     179
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Atemio

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''8.061 Mips Atemio''' [=#point8.061] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5
     6manufacturer blurb.....
     7
     8
     9
     10
     11
     12----
     13'''8.061 Atemio-Nemesis''' [=#point8.061] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     14----
     15'' How do I install an Atemio 5000 Update UBI image? ''
     16 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     17 * Extract the zip file
     18 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     19    Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     20     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     21 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     22 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
     23 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
     24   then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
     25    Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
     26 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     27[[br]]
     28[#point8 Top of Page]
     29[[br]]
     30----
     31'''8.062 Atemio5200''' [=#point8.062] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     32----
     33'' How do I install an Atemio 5200 Update UBI image? ''
     34 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     35 * Extract the zip file
     36 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     37    Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     38     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     39 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     40 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
     41 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
     42   then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
     43    Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
     44 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     45[[br]]
     46[#point8 Top of Page]
     47[[br]]
     48----
     49'''8.063 Atemio6000''' [=#point8.063] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     50----
     51'' How do I install an Atemio 6000 Update UBI image? ''
     52 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     53 * Extract the zip file
     54 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     55    Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     56     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     57 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     58 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
     59 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
     60   then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
     61    Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
     62 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     63[[br]]
     64[#point8 Top of Page]
     65[[br]]
     66----
     67'''8.064 Atemio6100''' [=#point8.064] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     68----
     69'' How do I install an Atemio 6100 Update UBI image? ''
     70 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     71 * Extract the zip file
     72 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     73    Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     74     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     75 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     76 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
     77 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
     78   then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
     79    Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
     80 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     81[[br]]
     82[#point8 Top of Page]
     83[[br]]
     84----
     85'''8.065 Atemio6200''' [=#point8.065] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     86----
     87'' How do I install an Atemio 6200 Update UBI image? ''
     88 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     89 * Extract the zip file
     90 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     91    Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     92     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     93 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     94 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
     95 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
     96   then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
     97    Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
     98 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     99[[br]]
     100[#point8 Top of Page]
     101[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Beyonwiz

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''8.071 Beyonwiz''' [=#point8.070] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5
     6
     7manufacturer blurb.....
     8
     9
     10----
     11'''8.071 Beyonwiz T4''' [=#point8.071] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     12----
     13'' How do I install an Beyonwiz T4 Update UBI image? ''
     14 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     15 * Extract the zip file
     16 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     17    Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     18     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     19 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     20 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
     21 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
     22   then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
     23    Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
     24 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     25[[br]]
     26[#point8 Top of Page]
     27[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Golden-Interstar

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''8.080 Goldern interstar Xpeedlx1/2''' [=#point8.080] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
     4----
     5
     6manufacturer blurb
     7
     8
     9
     10----
     11'''8.081 Goldern interstar Xpeedlx1/2''' [=#point8.081] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
     12----
     13''How do I install a Xpeedlx1/2 update image? ''
     14 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations])
     15 * Extract the zip file
     16 * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "xpeedlx3"  to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     17    Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     18 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     19 * Connect the USB stick with the update image file
     20 * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button.
     21
     22Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
     23•After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     24[[br]]
     25[#point8 Top of Page]
     26[[br]]
     27----
     28'''8.082 goldern interstar Xpeedlx3''' [=#point8.082] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Inhaltsverzeichnis]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
     29----
     30''How do I install a Xpeedlx3 update image? ''
     31 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations])
     32 * Extract the zip file
     33 * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "xpeedlx3" to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     34    Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     35 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     36 * Connect the USB stick with the update image file
     37 * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button.
     38
     39Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
     40•After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     41[[br]]
     42[#point8 Top of Page]
     43[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Miraclebox

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''8.090 Miraclebox''' [=#point8.090] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5
     6manufacturer blurb......
     7
     8
     9
     10
     11
     12----
     13'''8.091 Miraclebox Ultra''' [=#point8.091] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     14----
     15'' How do I install an Miraclebox Ultra Update UBI image? ''
     16 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     17 * Extract the zip file
     18 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     19    Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     20     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     21 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     22 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
     23 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
     24   then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
     25    Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
     26 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     27[[br]]
     28[#point8 Top of Page]
     29[[br]]
     30----
     31'''8.092 Miraclebox Mini''' [=#point8.092] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     32----
     33'' How do I install an Miraclebox Mini Update UBI image? ''
     34 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     35 * Extract the zip file
     36 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     37    Note: After unpacking two subfolders atemio/5x00 will be created . The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     38     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     39 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     40 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
     41 * Switch on ( mains plug ) and press the CH + on the unit (1 button from the right ) until the Vfd ( LCD Display) displayes " Flashing ...".
     42   then the installation begins, Only then release the button.
     43    Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
     44 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     45[[br]]
     46[#point8 Top of Page]
     47[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-Mips-Sezam

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''8.100 Sezam-Marvel''' [=#point8.100] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
     4----
     5
     6manufacturer blurb....
     7
     8
     9
     10
     11
     12----
     13'''8.101 Sezam-Marvel''' [=#point8.101] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
     14----
     15''How do I install a Sezam-Marvel  update image? ''
     16 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations])
     17 * Extract the zip file
     18 * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "enigma2" to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     19    Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     20 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     21 * Connect the USB stick with the update image file
     22 * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button.
     23
     24Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
     25•After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     26[[br]]
     27[#point8 Top of Page]
     28[[br]]
     29----
     30'''8.102 Sezam-1000HD''' [=#point8.102] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Sprachauswahl])
     31----
     32''How do I install a Sezam-1000HD  update image? ''
     33 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.33 IRD Download Locations])
     34 * Extract the zip file
     35 * Now copy the unzipped firmware folder "enigma2" to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     36    Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program). Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     37 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     38 * Connect the USB stick with the update image file
     39 * Switch on (mains switch) and and when prompted on the vfd press the __Volume up__ button on the unit, then the installation begins. after the update starts release the __volume up__ button.
     40
     41Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
     42•After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     43[[br]]
     44[#point8 Top of Page]
     45[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Atemio

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''SH4 Atemio (Atevio)'''[=#point8.00]
     4----
     5
     6The SH4 Atemio recievers are manufactured by Fortis who are a Korean manufacturer of satellite receivers all atemio (atevio) models are compatible with TitanNit.
     7as TitanNit was developed for these recievers no bootloader software ID changes are required to install TitanNit, some of these models cam factory supplied with TitanNit such as the atemio  530.
     8
     9'''SH4 Atemio Contents'''
     10
     11 * [#point8.001 8.001 Atemio510]
     12 * [#point8.002 8.002 Atemio520]
     13 * [#point8.003 8.003 Atemio530]
     14 * [#point8.004 8.004 Atemio7600]
     15 * [#point8.005 8.005 Atevio700]
     16 * [#point8.006 8.006 Atevio7000]
     17
     18'''Additional Info'''
     19
     20 * [#point8.007 8.007 Uninstallation]
     21 * [#point8.008 8.008 Update TitanNit]
     22 * [#point8.009 8.009 IRD Download Location]
     23
     24
     25
     26----
     27'''8.1 Atemio510 and Fortis HS-7810''' [=#point8.001] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     28----
     29'' How do I install an Atemio 510 IRD image? ''
     30 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     31 * Extract the zip file
     32 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     33     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
     34     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     35     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     36 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     37 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
     38 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
     39   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
     40     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
     41 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     42[[br]]
     43  '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]]
     44* [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6  iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 
     45[#point8 Top of Page]
     46[[br]]
     47----
     48'''8.2 Atemio520''' [=#point8.002] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     49----
     50'' How do I install an Atemio 520 IRD image? ''
     51 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     52 * Extract the zip file
     53 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     54     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
     55     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     56     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     57 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     58 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
     59 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
     60   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
     61     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
     62 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     63[[br]]
     64  '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]]
     65* [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6  iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 
     66[#point8 Top of Page]
     67[[br]]
     68----
     69'''8.3 Atemio530''' [=#point8.003] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     70----
     71'' How do I install an Atemio 530 IRD image? ''
     72 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     73 * Extract the zip file
     74 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     75     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
     76     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     77     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     78 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     79 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
     80 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
     81   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
     82     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
     83 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     84[[br]]
     85[#point8 Top of Page]
     86[[br]]
     87----
     88'''8.4 Atemio7600 and Fortis HX-8200''' [=#point8.004] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     89----
     90'' How do I install an Atemio 7600 IRD image? ''
     91 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     92 * Extract the zip file
     93 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     94     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
     95     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     96     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     97 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     98 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
     99 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
     100   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
     101     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
     102 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     103[[br]]
     104  '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]]
     105* [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6  iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 
     106[#point8 Top of Page]
     107[[br]]
     108----
     109'''8.5 Atevio700''' [=#point8.005] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     110----
     111'' How do I install an Atemio 7600 IRD image? ''
     112 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     113 * Extract the zip file
     114 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     115     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
     116     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     117     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     118 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     119 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
     120 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
     121   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
     122     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
     123 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     124[[br]]
     125  '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]]
     126* [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6  iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 
     127[#point8 Top of Page]
     128[[br]]
     129----
     130'''8.6 Atevio7000 and Fortis FS-9000/9200''' [=#point8.006] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     131----
     132'' How do I install an Atemio 7000 IRD image? ''
     133 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     134 * Extract the zip file
     135 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     136     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
     137     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     138     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     139 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     140 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
     141 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
     142   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
     143     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
     144 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     145[[br]]
     146  '''[wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 4.6 Bootloader sh4 Boxen]'''[[br]]
     147* [http://sbnc.dyndns.tv/trac/wiki/en/Remote-Device-Control#point4.6  iboot sh4 loader flashing and recovery ][[br]] 
     148[#point8 Top of Page]
     149[[br]]
     150
     151----
     152'''8.007 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.007] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     153----
     154If you have an Atemio (Atevio) receiver all you have to do is install your original ird file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary.
     155
     156
     157[[br]]
     158[#point8 Top of Page]
     159[[br]]
     160
     161----   
     162'''8.008 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.008] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
     163----
     164There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods :
     165
     166IRD offline method see above [#point8.00 SH4 Atemio contents] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image.
     167[[br]]
     168''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed.
     169Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .''
     170
     171Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update.
     172[[br]]
     173''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.''
     174[[br]]
     175[#point8 Top of Page]
     176[[br]]
     177
     178----   
     179'''8.009 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.009] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
     180----
     181* [wiki:Manufactures#point13 13 Manufactures] - [http://atemio.de/index.php/software-updates Stable Images][[br]] 
     182* [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
     183 
     184[[br]] 
     185[#point8 Top of Page] 
     186[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Fortis

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''SH4 Fortis (hardware profile)'''[=#point8.010]
     4----
     5
     6Fortis is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region, TitanNit installation is possible after the installation of a Atevio compatible bootloader.
     7
     8'''SH4 Fortis Contents'''
     9
     10 * [#point8.011 8.011 SH4 Fortis based clone receiver detection based on hardware profile]
     11 * [#point8.012 8.012 Fortis HS-7810 (Atemio510)]
     12 * [#point8.013 8.013 Fortis HX-8200 (Atemio7600)]
     13 * [#point8.014 8.014 Fortis HS-9510 (Atevio700)]
     14 * [#point8.015 8.015 Fortis FS-9000/9200 (Atevio7000)]
     15
     16'''Additional Info'''
     17
     18 * [#point8.012 8.016 Bootloader Installation] (required for a fortis/clone reciever to accept atemio software)
     19 * [#point8.111 8.017 Uninstallation On other Fortis Receivers]
     20 * [#point8.112 8.018 Update TitanNit]
     21 * [#point8.113 8.019 IRD Download Location]
     22
     23
     24
     25----
     26'''SH4 Fortis based clone receiver detection based on hardware profile''' [=#point8.011]
     27----
     28
     29As it is virtually impossible to list every fortis clone box on this wiki and data would be repeated over and over again it is broken up into harware revisions to compair that to the atevio model of that box.
     30This list will help you select the correct image and bootloader for your clone reciever below is a specifications list check the back of your manual included with your receiver and look at the table below to select the correct hardware model.
     31See here for a full list of known Fortis ([wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers])
     32
     33{{{#!div style="width: 1000px; margin: auto"
     34||'''Model System'''||'''Tuner'''||'''CPU'''||'''RAM'''||'''ROM (Flash)'''||'''USB'''||'''PVR Funktion'''||'''CardReader'''||'''Common interface'''||'''Display'''||'''Width'''||'''features'''||
     35||[#point8.015 Fortis FS-9000 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 2||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||2||Internal 2.5 or 3.5 SATA, external via USB||1 (*2)||2||12-digit 5x7matrix||43 cm|| ||
     36||[#point8.015 Fortis FS-9200 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 2||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||2||eSATA & USB||1 (*2)||2||12-digit 5x7matrix||34 cm|| ||
     37||[#point8.014 Fortis HS-9510]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7101 266 Mhz||192MB||32MB||1||USB||1 (*2)||2||8-digit 14segment||34 cm|| ||
     38||[#point8.013 Fortis HX-8200 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2, DVB-T2, DVB-C 1/2||STI_7105 450 Mhz||256MB||64MB||3||Internal 2,5´´SATA-HDD external via eSATA + USB||2||2||12-digit 5x7matrix||34 cm||Plug&Play Tuner, Youtube, Browser, FreeTV+||
     39||[#point8.012 Fortis HS-7810 HD PVR]||DVB-S/S2 1||STI_7110 450 Mhz||256MB||32MB||2||USB||1||2||4-digit 7segment||26 cm||YouTube, Browser, FreeTV+||
     40}}}
     41'''NOTE:'''[[BR]]
     42 * The Fortis HS-7810 is a clone of the Atemio510/520 Models[[BR]]
     43 * The Fortis HX-8200 is a clone of the Atemio7600 Model[[BR]]
     44 * The Fortis HS-9510 is a clone of the Atemio700 clone Model[[BR]]
     45 * The Fortis FS-9000/Fortis FS-9200 is a clone of the Atemio7000 Models
     46
     47[[br]]
     48[#point8 Top of Page]
     49[[br]]
     50
     51----
     52'''8.1 Fortis HS-7810 (Atemio510)''' [=#point8.012] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     53----
     54'' How do I install an Atemio 510 IRD image? ''
     55 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     56 * Extract the zip file
     57 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     58     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
     59     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     60     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     61 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     62 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
     63 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
     64   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
     65     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
     66 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     67[[br]]
     68[#point8 Top of Page]
     69[[br]]
     70----
     71'''8.4 Fortis HX-8200 (Atemio7600)''' [=#point8.013] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     72----
     73'' How do I install an Atemio 7600 IRD image? ''
     74 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     75 * Extract the zip file
     76 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     77     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
     78     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     79     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     80 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     81 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
     82 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
     83   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
     84     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
     85 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     86[[br]]
     87[#point8 Top of Page]
     88[[br]]
     89----
     90'''8.5 Fortis HS-9510 (Atevio700)''' [=#point8.014] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     91----
     92'' How do I install an Fortis HS-9510 IRD image? ''
     93 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     94 * Extract the zip file
     95 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     96     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
     97     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     98     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     99 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     100 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
     101 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
     102   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
     103     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
     104 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     105[[br]]
     106[#point8 Top of Page]
     107[[br]]
     108----
     109'''8.6 Fortis FS-9000/9200 (Atevio7000)''' [=#point8.015] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     110----
     111'' How do I install an Fortis FS-9000/9200 IRD image? ''
     112 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     113 * Extract the zip file
     114 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     115     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
     116     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     117     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     118 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     119 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver
     120 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
     121   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
     122     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
     123 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     124[[br]]
     125[#point8 Top of Page]
     126[[br]]
     127
     128'''Aditional Info'''
     129----
     130'''8.012 installation on other Fortis Receivers'''  [=#point8.016] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     131----
     132'''Installation Notes:'''
     133
     134''If you wish to try or install titan you need to install an Atemio/Atevio factory loader. The original Atemio Bootloader has a security code within so an installation of Titan is not possible with any other fortis loader''
     135
     136''If you wish to install Titan the loader version must be 1.54 or above. Titan versions above 1.32 require the new Iboot loader which needs to be installed first if not present.''
     137
     138''There are various ways that are explained below:''
     139 
     140[[br]]
     141
     142'''AAF Recovery Tool (ART) method'''
     143
     144 * Install the AAF Recovery Tool (ART) and set up a connection to your receiver
     145 * Set the IP address and subnet mask of your uboot environment.
     146 * Reboot the receiver and reconnect to change the settings.
     147 * Install the factory loader and reboot.
     148 * The factory loader you installed is version 1.21 that you have to update to 1.54 to be compatible with Titan
     149 * Visit the [http:((www-atemio.de Atemio] homepage or the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum AAF digital forum] and download the latest Atevio/Atemio loaader (1.54).
     150 * Extract the zip file
     151  * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     152     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
     153     "HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     154     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     155 * Turn off the receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     156 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your receiver
     157 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
     158   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
     159     Note: Should the installation not start, try a different USB stick.
     160 * Should you have installed the loader successfully the receiver will reboot and the installed Loader should start-up.
     161
     162''You may now install Titan''
     163[[br]]
     164[#point8 Top of Page]
     165[[br]]
     166
     167'''Cross Flash Method'''
     168
     169''This method explains how to install the HDF bootloader flash plugin to your fortis receiver and flash an Atemio/Atevio compatible bootloader from the plugin menu.''
     170
     171* Download the HDF Bootloader flash plugin from the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum AAF Digital forum].
     172 * Extract the zip file
     173 * Now copy the unzipped Plugin folder to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     174     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
     175     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     176     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     177 * go to the plugins section in your receiver and install the plugin and then start it.
     178 * type in the password contained in the zip file and follow the onscreen prompts.
     179 * Should you have installed the loader successfully the receiver will reboot and the installed Loader should start-up.
     180
     181''You may now install TitanNit''
     182[[br]]
     183[#point8 Top of Page]
     184[[br]]
     185
     186'''Reseller Changer Tool Method'''
     187
     188''This method explains how to change the Reseler ID of an Atemio/Atevio compatible bootloader and flash it to any compatible Fortis receiver from the plugin menu.''
     189
     190
     191* Visit the [http://www.atemio.de Atemio] homepage or the [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum AAF digital forum] and download the latest Atevio/Atemio loader.
     192 * Extract the zip file
     193 * use the reseller ID changer tool and change the IRD to that of your reseller ID.
     194 * Now copy the unzipped IRD firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     195     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
     196     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     197     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     198 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     199 * Connect the USB stick with the IRD file to your Receiver.
     200 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the CH + on the unit (about 15 seconds) until "search IRD File ... " appears,
     201   and the installation begins. Only then release the button
     202     Note: If installation does not start , use a different USB stick.
     203 * Should you have installed the loader successfully the receiver will reboot and the installed Loader should start-up.
     204
     205
     206This method requires you to also change the reseller ID to be able to install TitanNit.
     207
     208
     209'''Be aware should it the installation fail or a loss of Power occur during the flashing process you could brick your receiver as there is no recovery method. Compatibility with other receivers is not guaranteed but you may find a list of compatible receivers in the [wiki:Supported-Receivers#point7 Supported Receivers] section.'''
     210[[br]]
     211[#point8 Top of Page]
     212[[br]]
     213----
     214'''8.111 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.017] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     215----
     216If you have an Atemio/Atevio or UFS receiver all you have to do is install your original ird file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary.
     217
     218Uninstalling titan and switching back to the original reseller loader can't be done (easily) for other fortis receivers but there is one simple alternative method outlined below.
     219
     220
     221'''Uninstalling Titan on non Atemio/Atevio receiver and restore Reseller ID with Maxi-uboot'''
     222
     223If you have iboot installed then you must install a version of TitanNit older than 1.32 before using this method.
     224
     225This will install the factory Atemio loader that is compatible with the AAF Recovery Tool (ART) to be able to install the Maxiuboot Loader.
     226
     227In order for this method to work make sure the setting Allow __"Iboot Update"__ is enabled in [wiki:Remote-Device-Control#point4.6 Iboot].
     228
     229When successfully achieved you may start up ART from your PC and install Maxiuboot.
     230
     231[[br]]
     232
     233Once installed you may set up your bootargs and change your Reseller ID back to its factory settings. For flashin original Firmware or other Software please refere to your receivers' manual or instructions.
     234[[br]]
     235[#point8 Top of Page]
     236[[br]]
     237
     238----   
     239'''8.112 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.018] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
     240----
     241There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods :
     242
     243IRD offline method see [#point8 Installation / Recovery] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image.
     244[[br]]
     245''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed.
     246Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .''
     247
     248Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update.
     249[[br]]
     250''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.''
     251[[br]]
     252[#point8 Top of Page]
     253[[br]]
     254
     255----   
     256'''8.113 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.019] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
     257----
     258* [wiki:Manufactures#point13 13 Manufactures] - [http://atemio.de/index.php/software-updates Stable Images][[br]] 
     259* [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
     260 
     261[[br]] 
     262[#point8 Top of Page] 
     263[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Homecast

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''8.020 Homecast''' [=#point8.020] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5
     6Fortis is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region, TitanNit installation is possible after the installation of a Atevio compatible bootloader.
     7
     8'''SH4 Homecast Contents'''
     9
     10 * [#point8.021 8.021 Homecast pro]
     11
     12
     13'''Additional Info'''
     14
     15 * [#point8.022 8.022 Uninstallation]
     16 * [#point8.023 8.025 Update TitanNit]
     17 * [#point8.024 8.024 IRD Download Location]
     18
     19----
     20'''8.021 Homecast Pro''' [=#point8.021] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     21----
     22'' How do I install an Homecast UPDATEUSB Image? ''
     23 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.2 IRD Download Locations])
     24 * Extract the zip file
     25 * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     26     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
     27     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     28     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     29 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     30 * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver
     31* Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears,
     32    then the installation starts. Only then release the button
     33     Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
     34 * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver.
     35 * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to .
     36[[br]]
     37[#point8 Top of Page]
     38[[br]]
     39
     40----
     41'''8.022 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.022] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     42----
     43If you have an Homecast receiver all you have to do is install your original IMG file as explained above and no bootloader changes are necessary.
     44
     45[[br]]
     46[#point8 Top of Page]
     47[[br]]
     48
     49----   
     50'''8.023 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.023] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
     51----
     52There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods :
     53
     54IRD offline method see [#point8.020 Homecast Contents] and select your Receiver model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD TitanNit image.
     55[[br]]
     56''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is preformed.
     57Plugins and files installed to MNT or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .''
     58
     59Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update.
     60[[br]]
     61''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.''
     62[[br]]
     63[#point8 Top of Page]
     64[[br]]
     65
     66----   
     67'''8.024 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.024] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
     68----
     69
     70* [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
     71 
     72[[br]] 
     73[#point8 Top of Page] 
     74[[br]]
     75
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-SH4-IPBox

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''8.031 Ipbox''' [=#point8.030] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5
     6Ipbox is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region.
     7
     8'''SH4 Ipbox Contents'''
     9
     10 * [#point8.031 8.031 Ipbox91]
     11 * [#point8.032 8.032 Ipbox900]
     12 * [#point8.033 8.033 Ipbox910]
     13 * [#point8.034 8.034 Ipbox9000]
     14
     15'''Additional Info'''
     16
     17 * [#point8.035 8.035 Uninstallation]
     18 * [#point8.036 8.036 Update TitanNit]
     19 * [#point8.037 8.037 IRD Download Location]
     20
     21----
     22'''8.031 Ipbox91''' [=#point8.031] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     23----
     24'' How do I install an Ipbox 91 UPDATEUSB Image? ''
     25 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     26 * Extract the zip file
     27 * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     28     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
     29     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     30     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     31 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     32 * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver
     33* Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears,
     34    then the installation starts. Only then release the button
     35     Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
     36 * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver.
     37 * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to .
     38[[br]]
     39[#point8 Top of Page]
     40[[br]]
     41----
     42'''8.032 Ipbox900''' [=#point8.032] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     43----
     44'' How do I install an Ipbox 900 UPDATEUSB Image? ''
     45 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     46 * Extract the zip file
     47 * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     48     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
     49     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     50     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     51 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     52 * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver
     53* Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears,
     54    then the installation starts. Only then release the button
     55     Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
     56 * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver.
     57 * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to .
     58[[br]]
     59[#point8 Top of Page]
     60[[br]]
     61----
     62'''8.033 Ipbox910''' [=#point8.033] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     63----
     64'' How do I install an Ipbox 910 UPDATEUSB Image? ''
     65 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     66 * Extract the zip file
     67 * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     68     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
     69     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     70     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     71 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     72 * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver
     73* Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears,
     74    then the installation starts. Only then release the button
     75     Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
     76 * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver.
     77 * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to .
     78[[br]]
     79[#point8 Top of Page]
     80[[br]]
     81----
     82'''8.034 Ipbox9000''' [=#point8.034] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     83----
     84'' How do I install an Ipbox 9000 UPDATEUSB Image? ''
     85 * Visit the Atemio homepage or the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware . ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     86 * Extract the zip file
     87 * Now copy the unzipped IMG firmware file to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     88     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows. Use a separate program, such as the
     89     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     90     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     91 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     92 * Connect the USB stick with the IMG file to your Receiver
     93* Switch on (mains plug) while holding in the Power button on the unit (one button from the left) hold it down (about 3 seconds) until "LOAD SW" appears,
     94    then the installation starts. Only then release the button
     95     Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
     96 * The installation is finished when DONE appears on the receiver.
     97 * Restart the machine after by the main switch again to .
     98[[br]]
     99[#point8 Top of Page]
     100[[br]]
     101
     102----
     103'''8.035 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.035] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     104----
     105If you have an Ipbox receiver all you have to do is install your original IMG file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary.
     106
     107[[br]]
     108[#point8 Top of Page]
     109[[br]]
     110
     111----   
     112'''8.036 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.036] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
     113----
     114There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods :
     115
     116IRD offline method see [#point8 Installation / Recovery] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image.
     117[[br]]
     118''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed.
     119Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .''
     120
     121Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update.
     122[[br]]
     123''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.''
     124[[br]]
     125[#point8 Top of Page]
     126[[br]]
     127
     128----   
     129'''8.037 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.037] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
     130----
     131
     132* [wiki:Community#point14 14 Community] - [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
     133 
     134[[br]] 
     135[#point8 Top of Page] 
     136[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Katherin

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''8.040 Kathrein''' [=#point8.040] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5
     6Fortis is a Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized bootloaders to lock them to a specific sales region, TitanNit installation is possible after the installation of a Atevio compatible bootloader.
     7
     8'''SH4 Fortis Contents'''
     9
     10 * [#point8.041 8.041 Kathrein Ufs910]
     11 * [#point8.042 8.042 Kathrein Ufs912]
     12 * [#point8.043 8.043 Kathrein Ufs913]
     13 * [#point8.044 8.044 Kathrein Ufs922]
     14 * [#point8.045 8.045 Kathrein Ufs960]
     15
     16'''Additional Info'''
     17
     18 * [#point8.046 8.06 Uninstallation]
     19 * [#point8.047 8.07 Update TitanNit]
     20 * [#point8.048 8.08 IRD Download Location]
     21
     22----
     23'''8.041 Kathrein Ufs910''' [=#point8.041] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     24----
     25'' How do I install a Kathrein UFS910 update image? ''
     26 * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched.
     27 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     28 * Extract the zip file
     29 * Now copy the unzipped img firmware file - must be renamed to miniFLASH.img - to a formatted FAT32 USB stick.
     30     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
     31     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     32     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     33 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     34 * Connect the USB stick with the img file to the front USB Port
     35 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time hold the -Record button- on the Remote Control pressed (about 5 seconds)
     36   until "miniFLASH search..." appears, then the installation begins. Only then release the -Record button-
     37     Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
     38 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     39[[br]]
     40[#point8 Top of Page]
     41[[br]]
     42----
     43'''8.042 Kathrein UFS912''' [=#point8.042] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     44----
     45'' How do I install a Kathrein UFS912 update image? ''
     46 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     47 * Extract the zip file
     48 * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs912/ .
     49     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
     50     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     51     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     52 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     53 * Connect the USB stick with the img file
     54 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears,
     55   then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button-
     56     Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
     57 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     58[[br]]
     59[#point8.1 Top of Page]
     60[[br]]
     61----
     62'''8.043 Kathrein UFS913''' [=#point8.043] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     63----
     64'' How do I install a Kathrein UFS913 update image? ''
     65 * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched.
     66 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     67 * Extract the zip file
     68 * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs922/ .
     69     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
     70     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     71     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     72 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     73 * Connect the USB stick with the img file
     74 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears,
     75   then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button-
     76     Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
     77 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     78[[br]]
     79[#point8.1 Top of Page]
     80[[br]]
     81----
     82'''8.044 Kathrein UFS922''' [=#point8.044] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     83----
     84'' How do I install a Kathrein UFS922 update image? ''
     85 * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched.
     86 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     87 * Extract the zip file
     88 * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs922/ .
     89     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
     90     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     91     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     92 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     93 * Connect the USB stick with the img file
     94 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears,
     95   then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button-
     96     Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
     97 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     98[[br]]
     99[#point8 Top of Page]
     100[[br]]
     101----
     102'''8.045 Kathrein UFC960''' [=#point8.045] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     103----
     104'' How do I install a Kathrein UFS960 update image? ''
     105 * When you install a USB .img file the mnt-filesystem is formatted. An Online Update leaves the mnt-filesystem untouched.
     106 * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     107 * Extract the zip file
     108 * Now copy the unzipped firmware file *_FULL_nodebug.img to a formatted FAT32 USB stick into the path: /kathrein/ufs960/ .
     109     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
     110     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     111     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     112 * Turn off the Receiver and disconnect all USB devices.
     113 * Connect the USB stick with the img file
     114 * Switch on (mains switch) and at the same time press the -TV/Radio button- on the unit (about 5 seconds) until "emergency boot" appears,
     115   then the installation begins. Only after that message release the -TV/Radio button-
     116     Note: If installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
     117 * After successfully installing the receiver will reboot and the installed image should start-up
     118[[br]]
     119[#point8 Top of Page]
     120[[br]]
     121
     122----
     123'''8.046 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.046] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     124----
     125If you have an Katherin UFS receiver all you have to do is install your original IMG file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary.
     126
     127[[br]]
     128[#point8 Top of Page]
     129[[br]]
     130
     131----   
     132'''8.047 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.047] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
     133----
     134There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods :
     135
     136IRD offline method see [#point8 Ipbox contents] and select your Reciever model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD titannit image.
     137[[br]]
     138''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is proformed.
     139Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .''
     140
     141Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update.
     142[[br]]
     143''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.''
     144[[br]]
     145[#point8 Top of Page]
     146[[br]]
     147
     148----   
     149'''8.048 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.048] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
     150----
     151[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
     152 
     153[[br]] 
     154[#point8 Top of Page] 
     155[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Installation-Recovery-SH4-Spark

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''8.051 SPARK''' [=#point8.050] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5
     6Spark is a reseller of the Fulan Korean manufacture of satellite receivers that have a range of models that are compatible with TitanNit. These receivers were sold around the world to various resellers with customized hardware.
     7
     8'''SH4 Spark Contents'''
     9
     10 * [#point8.051 8.051 SPARK (7111)]
     11 * [#point8.052 8.052 SPARK (7162)]
     12
     13'''Additional Info'''
     14
     15
     16 * [#point8.053 8.053 Uninstallation]
     17 * [#point8.054 8.054 Update TitanNit]
     18 * [#point8.055 8.055 IRD Download Location]
     19
     20
     21
     22----
     23'''8.051 SPARK (7111)''' [=#point8.051] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     24----
     25'' How do I install a Spark (7111) Update Image? ''
     26  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     27  * Extract the zip file
     28  * Copy the unzipped firmware update file to a formatted to FAT32 USB stick and copy the file e2jffs2.img and uImage into a folder called "enigma2"
     29     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
     30     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     31     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     32  * Turn off the device.
     33  * Connect the USB stick with the update file
     34  * hold the "OK" button and switch on the(mains plug) and hold it down (about 5 seconds) until "Forc" appears,
     35    then the installation will begin, when you see "U LD" in the display release the "OK" button.
     36      Note: If the installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
     37  * After installation "SUCC" appears in the display boot the receiver and the new image should appear.
     38[[br]]
     39[#point8.050 Top of Page]
     40[[br]]
     41----
     42'''8.052 SPARK7162''' [=#point8.052] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     43----
     44'' How do I install a Spark (7162) Update Image? ''
     45  * Visit the AAF digital forum and download the latest TitanNit firmware .  ([#point8.15 IRD Download Locations])
     46  * Extract the zip file
     47  * Copy the unzipped firmware update file to a formatted to FAT32 USB stick and copy the file e2jffs2.img and uImage into a folder called "enigma2"
     48     Note: The USB stick should not be formatted with windows, but a separate program, such as the
     49     " HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool" (freeware program).
     50     Furthermore, we recommend a cheap USB stick with a small storage capacity as well as read and write speed.
     51  * Turn off the device.
     52  * Connect the USB stick with the update file
     53  * hold the "OK" button and switch on the(mains plug) and hold it down (about 5 seconds) until "Forc" appears,
     54    then the installation will begin, when you see "U LD" in the display release the "OK" button.
     55      Note: If the installation does not start, use a different USB stick.
     56  * After installation "SUCC" appears in the display boot the receiver and the new image should appear.
     57[[br]]
     58[#point8.050 Top of Page]
     59[[br]]
     60
     61----
     62'''8.053 Uninstalling Titan''' [=#point8.053] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     63----
     64If you have an Atemio/Atevio or UFS receiver all you have to do is install your original ird file as explained above and no bootloader changes are neccessary.
     65
     66[[br]]
     67[#point8.050 Top of Page]
     68[[br]]
     69
     70----   
     71'''8.054 Update TitanNit''' [=#point8.054] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
     72----
     73There are two ways to update your TitanNit version and there are merits to both methods :
     74
     75IRD offline method see [#point8 Installation / Recovery] and select your Receiver model to show information on how to update titan using an IRD TitanNit image.
     76[[br]]
     77''Note: using this method plugins and files stored to Flash will be formatted when the update is preformed.
     78Plugins and files installed to MNT (except on the ufs 910/922) or a valid configured storage device will retain there settings .''
     79
     80Image Online Method see [wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System update] for information on how preform an online update.
     81[[br]]
     82''Note: using this method all plugins and settings are retained as long as they are not installed in flash.''
     83[[br]]
     84[#point8.050 Top of Page]
     85[[br]]
     86
     87----   
     88'''8.055 IRD Download Locations''' [=#point8.055] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main Page]) 
     89----
     90[http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/downloads.php?do=cat&id=2 Stable Images] [http://www.aaf-digital.info/forum/pages.php?pageid=12 Nightly Images][[br]] 
     91 
     92[[br]] 
     93[#point8.050 Top of Page] 
     94[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Interface-Operation

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''3 Interface and Operation Contents''' [=#point3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4New Gui section work in progress expect dead links or missing data.
     5----
     6== Interface and Operation ==
     7
     8This section contains information about the on screen menus within TitanNit and discriptions to the various
     9items and their functions aswell as helpfull information and tricks to get the most possible experience with your Receiver.
     10
     11Note: pictures in this area only apply to the default skin used in Titan.
     12If you do not see a specific menu item on the display please select the default skin from the menu as follows:
     13
     14 Press the __"Menu"__ button and select __"Settings"__ scroll down to __"Skin"__ and select the __"Default"__ Skin from the menu.
     15 The decoder will then reboot with the new selected __Default__ skin.
     16
     17[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Mainmenu.jpg)]][[br]]
     18
     19TitanNit is an easy to use GUI for Linux receivers. Using the default skin (Factory setting) all options, settings and help texts are displayed, so you have an overview of all functions and possible settings for customization.
     20
     21The newer Receiver types like Atemio520  have a help button on the remote where detailed help can be displayed on screen. Thus you do not need to refer to the manual for help. This help display will be optimized / enhanced in the future.
     22
     23Interface and operation contents
     24 please select a menu item from the GUI for more information
     25
     26 * ([#point3.1 Records and epg])
     27 * ([#point3.2 Media center])
     28 * ([#point3.3 Media player])
     29 * ([#point3.4 Extentions])
     30 * ([#point3.5 System])
     31 * ([#point3.6 Settings])
     32 * ([#point3.7 Information])
     33 * ([#point3.8 Standby-Power Off])
     34
     35[[br]]
     36[[br]]
     37----
     38'''Records and EPG''' [=#point3.1] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     39----
     40
     41
     42[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Recordsand_EPG.jpg)]][[br]]
     43
     44Records and Epg menu contains all the different views and search settings for the epg,
     45it also allows setup and personalization of timer recordings
     46 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
     47 * ([wiki:EPG-Short-View#point3.1.1 EPG Short View])
     48 * ([wiki:Single-EPG#point3.1.2 Single EPG])
     49 * ([wiki:Multi-EPG#point3.1.3 Multi EPG])
     50 * ([wiki:Graphic-EPG#point3.1.4 Graphic EPG])
     51 * ([wiki:EPG-Search#point3.1.5 EPG Search])
     52 * ([wiki:Records#point3.1.6 Records])
     53
     54[[br]]
     55
     56----
     57'''3.2 Media Center''' [=#point3.2] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     58----
     59[[br]]
     60[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Media_Center.jpg)]][[br]]
     61
     62Media center contains all the different media players to play streams from local and online sources,
     63it also contains a file browser and internet browser for setting up pay streams and login details for online media.
     64 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
     65
     66 * ([wiki:Audio-Player#point3.2.1 Audio Player])
     67 * ([wiki:Video-Player#point3.2.2 Video Player])
     68 * ([wiki:Picture-Player#point3.2.3 Picture Player])
     69 * ([wiki:Mediathek#point3.2.4 Mediathek (Online library)])
     70 * ([wiki:File-Browser#point3.2.5 File Browser])
     71 * ([wiki:Internet-Browser#point3.2.6 Internet Browser])
     72 * ([wiki:Weather#point3.2.7 Weather])
     73
     74
     75[[br]]
     76
     77''' information'''
     78
     79
     80Media Center It is a collection of media players intergrated in one place (able to stream local or the Internet based streams)
     81
     82''' Audio player '''
     83 * File List mode (display different possible views quickly, default, large, cover, full cover)
     84 * Play List mode (internal and external m3u Playlists)
     85 * Automatic integration of MediaDB with covers and ID3 tag info extracted from the mp3 file
     86 * Random mode (random)
     87 * Repeat mode (repeat)
     88 * Screen Saver (title text, scrolling images, jumping pictures, wallpapers)
     89 * Radio mode (m3u files can be played back over the Internet in all popular protocols rtmp, rtmpe, rts, rtp, mms, http)
     90 * All key formats supported via the installation of additional codec packs.
     91 * Auto play the next file
     92 * seek function (seek 1-3 10s 30s from 0.4 to 6 0.7 to 9 60s)
     93 * skip << >>
     94 * Mount image mode (iso, img, rar)
     95 * Various settings in the Settings Screen
     96 * Various sort options
     97
     98''' Video Player '''
     99 * File List mode (display different possible views quickly, default, large, cover, full cover)
     100 * Play List mode (internal and external m3u Playlists)
     101 * Automatic Intergration of MediaDB with cover, the background images and IMDB info downloaded from the Internet
     102 * Random mode (random)
     103 * Repeat mode (repeat)
     104 * Streaming mode (m3u files can be played back over the Internet in all popular protocols rtmp, rtmpe, rts, rtp, mms, http)
     105 * All key formats supported via the installation of additional codec packs.
     106 * Automatic Resume from the last position, or playback from the beginning.
     107 * Auto play the next file
     108 * Mount image mode (iso, img, rar)
     109 * DVD material (VIDEO_TS, usb, dvd drive ) but only if the corresponding Plugin is installed (DVDPlayer)
     110 * Various settings in the Settings Screen
     111 * Various sort options
     112 * seek function (seek 1-3 ,4-6 ,7-9 with the values ​​from the titan settings)
     113                *(seek on -pad up / down 10min left / right 1min)
     114 * In the file list (delete file additional menu, Imdb, ...) mode info button
     115 * In play mode - Red button - (additional menu Imdb, ...)
     116 * In Play Mode - Green button - (image ratio adjustable)
     117 * In Play Mode - Yellow button - (audio track selection)
     118 * In Play Mode - Blue button - (Screensaver adjustable)
     119 * In play mode - button text - (subtitles adjustable)
     120 * External Subtitle support (srt / sub files must have the same name as the video file)
     121 * Internal Subtitle Support (dvd / mkv files with integrated subtitles)
     122 * Manual IMDB lookup for [http://www.imdb.com/ Imdb / Cover]
     123 * Wallpapers adjustable (only in Full Cover interval / number)
     124
     125''' PicturePlayer '''
     126 * File List mode (display different possible views quickly, default, large, cover) (cover in that case means preview)
     127 * Play List mode (internal and external m3u Playlists pls)
     128 * Complete slide show with no waiting periods except the first file
     129 * Random mode (random)
     130 * Repeat mode (repeat)
     131 * Supported formats png / jpg
     132 * Mount image mode (iso, img, rar)
     133 * Various settings in the Settings Screen
     134 * Various sort options
     135 * Background radio selection
     136
     137''' MediaThek /online library '''
     138 * View images in groups of 2/6/12/24/30
     139 * [http://www.youtube.com/ Youtube] / [http://www.myvideo.de/ Myvideo] / [http://www.zdf.de/ZDFmediathek Zdf] / [http://www.ardmediathek.de/ Ard]
     140 * [http://rtl-now.rtl.de/ Rtl] / [http://www.rtl2.de/video/ Rtl2Now] / [http://www.superrtlnow.de/ SuperRtl] / [http://www.voxnow.de/ VoxNow] (with Pay-streams are hidden by default this can also be made ​​visible)
     141 * [http://www.netzkino.de Netzkino] / [http://www.tectime.tv/ DrDish] / [http://www.giga.de Giga]
     142 * [http://www.beeg.com Beeg] / [http://www.xvideos.com Xvideos] (xxx ) (blocked by child protection pin)
     143 * [https://gitorious.org/neutrino-mp/max10s-neutrino-mp/raw/e4fefb51121d7886b81227eb1215da049e1a729a:data/webtv/webtv.xml InternetTv] (Live Streams)
     144 * [http://dir.xiph.org/yp.xml InternetRadio] (Live Streams)
     145 * Support favourites
     146 * More providers are supported with the extension codec pack
     147 * Some Sites allow lokal strorage of their online streams
     148 * Memory Buffer adjustable for smooth, streaming
     149
     150'''File Browser '''
     151 * Copy data
     152 * Move data
     153 * Delete data
     154 * Rename data
     155 * Create folders
     156
     157''' Internet browser ''' (if installed)
     158 * From remote control unit
     159 * Support favourites
     160
     161'''Weather plugin '''
     162 * Select location
     163
     164----
     165'''3.3 Media player''' [=#point3.3] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     166
     167----
     168
     169
     170[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Media_player.jpg)]][[br]]
     171
     172Media player is a short file system browser for viewing local media files,
     173
     174
     175 '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
     176
     177 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
     178  Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     179 
     180 ||'''Red Button: (Sorting)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
     181 ||'''Green Button: (Select)''' ||Play the selected media file.||
     182 ||'''Yellow Button: (EPG)''' ||Show the EPG information on the current selected media file (If present)||
     183 ||'''Blue Button: (Sort)''' ||Set the sort method for the files listed in the file list display.||
     184 ||'''Info Button: (info)''' ||This will allow you to view online IMDB/TMDB information on the current selected media file.||
     185 
     186[[br]]
     187
     188----
     189'''3.4 Extentions''' [=#point3.4] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     190----
     191
     192[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Extentions.jpg)]][[br]]
     193
     194Extentions menu section contains all the available tools to personalize plugins
     195 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
     196
     197 * ([wiki:Plugins#point3.4.1 Plugins])
     198 * ([wiki:Change-Feed#point3.4.2 Change Feed])
     199 * ([wiki:TPK-Upgrade#point3.4.3 TPK Upgrade])
     200 * ([wiki:TPK-Install#point3.4.4 TPK Install (Online)])
     201 * ([wiki:TPK-Tmp#point3.4.5 TPK Tmp (TMP)])
     202 * ([wiki:TPK-Media#point3.4.6 TPK Media (Media)])
     203 * ([wiki:TPK-Remove#point3.4.7 TPK Remove])
     204
     205[[br]]
     206
     207----
     208'''3.5 System''' [=#point3.5] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     209
     210----
     211
     212[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/System.jpg)]][[br]]
     213
     214The System menu section contains all the important settings to set up the Receiver Hardware and Software
     215 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
     216
     217 * ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel Service])
     218 * ([wiki:Common-Interface#point3.5.2 Common Interface])
     219 * ([wiki:Smart-Card-Reader#point3.5.3 Smart Card Reader])
     220 * ([wiki:Network#point3.5.4 Network])
     221 * ([wiki:Hard-Disk#point3.5.5 Hard Disk])
     222 * ([wiki:VFDisplay#point3.5.6 VFDisplay])
     223 * ([wiki:System-Update#point3.5.7 System Update])
     224 * ([wiki:Backup#point3.5.8 Backup])
     225 * ([wiki:Settings-Backup-Restore#point3.5.9 Settings Backup Restore])
     226 * ([wiki:Receiver-Unlock#point3.5.10 Receiver Unlock])
     227
     228[[br]]
     229----
     230'''3.6 Settings''' [=#point3.6] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     231
     232----
     233
     234
     235
     236[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Settings.jpg)]][[br]]
     237
     238The Settings menu section contains all the Software settings of the Receiver,
     239within the menu you can personalize the appearance and various settings of the Interface
     240 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
     241
     242 * ([wiki:AV-Settings#point3.6.1 AV Settings])
     243 * ([wiki:Language#point3.6.2 Language])
     244 * ([wiki:Timezone#point3.6.3 Timezone])
     245 * ([wiki:Red-Button#point3.6.4 Red Button])
     246 * ([wiki:Blue-Button#point3.6.5 Blue Button])
     247 * ([wiki:Media-Button#point3.6.6 Media Button])
     248 * ([wiki:Adjust#point3.6.7 System Settings])
     249 * ([wiki:Skin#point3.6.8 Skin])
     250 * ([wiki:Skin-Adjust#point3.6.9 Skin Settings])
     251 * ([wiki:Screensaver-Adjust#point3.6.10 Screensaver])
     252 * ([wiki:Timeshift-Settings#point3.6.11 Timeshift])
     253 * ([wiki:Record-Path#point3.6.12 Path for Recordings])
     254 * ([wiki:EPG-Settings#point3.6.13 EPG])
     255 * ([wiki:Child-Protection#point3.6.14 Parental Control])
     256 * ([wiki:Restore-Default-Settings#point3.6.15 Restore Factory Settings])
     257 * ([wiki:Video-Settings#point3.6.16 Video Settings])
     258 * ([wiki:Channel-Edit#point3.6.17 Channel Edit])
     259 * ([wiki:MediaDB-Settings#point3.6.18 MediaDB Settings])
     260 * ([wiki:Auto-Start-Settings#point3.6.19 Auto Start])
     261
     262[[br]]
     263
     264----
     265'''3.7 Information''' [=#point3.7] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     266
     267----
     268
     269[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Information.jpg)]][[br]]
     270
     271The Information menu section can list all the information of the Hardware, Software and stream info,
     272it also contains help and contact information.
     273Within the menu you can personalize the appearance and various settings of the Interface
     274 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
     275
     276 * ([wiki:Service#point3.7.1 Service])
     277 * ([wiki:News-letter#point3.7.2 News letter])
     278 * ([wiki:About#point3.7.3 About])
     279 * ([wiki:Streaming#point3.7.4 Streaming])
     280 * ([wiki:Atemio-Hotline#point3.7.5 Atemio (Hotline)])
     281 * ([wiki:Titan-Changelog#point3.7.6 Titan Changelog])
     282 * ([wiki:Git-Changelog#point3.7.7 Git Changelog])
     283 * ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info])
     284 * ([wiki:Log#point3.7.9 Log])
     285
     286[[br]]
     287
     288----
     289'''3.8 Standby-Power Off''' [=#point3.8] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     290
     291----
     292
     293
     294[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Standby_Poweroff.jpg)]][[br]]
     295
     296The Standby/ Power Off contains settings related to power settings,
     297within the menu you can decide how and when the Receiver shuts down
     298 Please select a menu item for more specific information on that item.
     299
     300 ||'''Power-Off:''' ||The receiver shuts down completely (Deep Standby).||
     301 ||'''Standby:''' ||The receiver only shuts down the picture and volume. (Higher energy consumtion than in Deep Standby there for much faster booting time ~1Sek.). All functions of the WEB IF stay active.||
     302 ||'''Reboot:''' ||The receiver shuts down completely and reboots. (important for saving changes to the settings)||
     303 ||'''GUI-Restart:''' ||Only a reboot of the Titan software (faster) (changes to settings since last reboot/Power-Off are lost!).||
     304 ||'''([wiki:Power-Off-Timer Power Off Timer])''' ||Opens the Power Off timer menu to automatically switch the receiver to Power-Off or Standby at a specific time.||
     305[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Internet-Browser

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.2.6 Internet Browser''' [=#point3.2.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.2 Media Center (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>
     6
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Media_Center-internet_browser.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9>internet browser is a netsurf based plugin to surf the net.
     10
     11[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Kernel

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.7.8.3 Kernel''' [=#point3.7.8.3] ([wiki:System-Info#point3.7.8 System Info (Back])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Kernel.jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8Here you can view the kernel build info.
     9
     10[[br]]
     11
     12
     13[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Language

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.6.2 Language''' [=#point3.6.2] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Language.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9here you can change your language.below is a current list of available languages.
     10if you change the language the decoder will automatically restart to apply the selected language settings.
     11
     12 * German
     13 * English
     14 * French
     15 * Greek
     16 * Italian
     17 * Polish
     18 * Russian
     19 * Dutch
     20 * Vietnamese
     21
     22[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Log

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''Log''' [=#point3.7.8] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.7 Information (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Information-log.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9> here you can view your error log.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13
     14To Exit from Menu press the __"Exit"__ button.
     15 
     16[[br]]
     17----
     18
     19 '''Coloured Button's Functions"
     20
     21 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
     22 please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     23 
     24 ||'''Red Button: (Send)''' ||This will send the error log file to the titan development team.||
     25 ||'''Green Button: (DEL)''' ||this will delete the error log file.||
  • wiki/pages/nl/Manual-Search

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.5.1.3 Manual Search''' [=#point3.5.1.3] ([wiki:Channel-Service#point3.5.1 Channel-Service (Back)]) ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>
     6>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Manual-Search.jpg)]][[br]]
     7>
     8Here you can proform a manual channel scan.
     9
     10[[br]]
     11
     12 ||'''Type of Scan''' ||The type of scan to proform.||
     13 ||'''Tuner''' ||Select the tunsr to scan with.||
     14 ||'''Satellite''' ||Select the satellite to scan.||
     15 ||'''ID''' ||??? .||
     16 ||'''System''' ||scan for hd or sd streams.||
     17 ||'''Frequency:''' ||select the frequency to scan.||
     18 ||'''Inversion:''' ||??? .||
     19 ||'''Symbolrate:''' ||select the signal rat to scan.||
     20 ||'''Polirisation''' ||scan for horozontal or vertical transponders.. ||
     21 ||'''FEC''' ||sel ect the forward error correction.||
     22 ||'''Scan:''' ||???.||
     23 ||'''Clear Before Scan:''' ||Select to clear channel data before scan.||
     24 ||'''Only Free to Air Services:''' ||During scan ignore pay tv services.||
     25 ||'''Blindscan:''' ||Scan for unknown satellite transponders.||
     26 ||'''Update channel Name''' ||???.||
     27 ||'''Entrys in Favourites'''  ||if scaned channels are found in current favourites list what should be done.||
     28 ||'''Remove Empty Favourites''' ||Remove favourites list if they have no channels in them.||
     29 ||'''Remove Unused Channels From Favourites'''  ||Remove channels from favourites that have ceased transmission.||
     30
     31 ''Note some of the above settings only show and are relavant in a specific __"Type of Scan"__''
     32
     33 
     34 To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     35
     36 '''Coloured Button's Functions'''
     37
     38 The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options with in the epg settings menu.
     39  Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     40 
     41 ||'''Red Button: (Start scan)''' ||Start channel Scan with the selected settings.||
     42----
     43 '''After Scan Menu'''
     44----
     45[[br]]
     46
     47The __"Coloured Buttons"__ along the bottom of the display bring up additional menus and options after the scan hac sompleted menu.
     48  Please see below for more info on the functions of these buttons:.
     49 
     50 ||'''Red Button: (Save)''' ||Select a channel you wish to save and select the green button to save it in to the channel listing.||
     51 ||'''Green Button: (Save All)''' ||Store all channels in the channel listing.||
     52
     53
     54
  • wiki/pages/nl/Manufactures

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2----
     3'''13 Manufactures''' [=#point13] ([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4----
     5||= '''[http://www.atemio.de Atemio]''' =||
     6||= [[Image(http://i.imgur.com/3TwQr.jpg,400,link=http://www.atemio.de)]] =||
     7
     8New Zealand reseller for fortis clone ultraplus decoders [http://www.ultrapower.co.nz Ultrapower]
     9
     10'''SH4 Katherin'''   ([http://www.kathrein-gmbh.at kathrein homepage])
     11
     12'''SH4 Spark'''   ([http://www.spark-tv.com Spark homepage)]
     13
     14'''SH4 AB IPBox''' ([http://www.abipbox.com/ AB IPBox homepage])
     15
     16'''Mips Golden Interstar'''   ([http://www.golden-interstar.pl Golden Interstar homepage])
     17
     18'''SH4 Fortis'''  ([http://www.fortis.co.kr Fortis homepage])
     19 * New Zealand reseller for fortis clone ultraplus decoders [http://www.ultrapower.co.nz Ultrapower]
     20
     21[[br]]
     22[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/Media-Button

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.6.6 Media Button''' [=#point3.6.6] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/Media_Button.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9>here you can configure what happens with the press of the Media button
     10
     11
     12[[br]]
  • wiki/pages/nl/MediaDB-Settings

    r39056 r39063  
     1[[TranslatedPages]]
     2>----
     3>'''3.6.17 MediaDB Settings''' [=#point3.6.17] ([wiki:Interface-Operation#point3.6 Settings (Back)])([wiki:Wiki#point0 Contents]) ([WikiStart#point0 Main page])
     4>
     5>Menu Picture place holder:
     6>
     7>[[Image(source:/wiki/Wiki-Pictures/NL/MediaDB_Settings.jpg)]][[BR]]
     8>
     9>Here you can change your media db settings.
     10
     11[[br]]
     12
     13 ||'''MediaDB Path''' ||Here you can edit the path where the MediaDB is stored.||
     14 ||'''Delete MediaDB Before Scan:''' ||here you can to select to clear the MediaDB before a scan.||
     15 ||'''Delete Unused Entrys Before Scan:''' ||Here you can delete MediaDB entries For items not used.||
     16 ||'''Update Entrys On Scan:''' ||Update entries in the MediaDB with updated information if present.||
     17 ||'''Backdrop Download Count:''' ||Select the amount of backdrops to download per Entry in the MediaDB.||
     18 ||'''Debug Modus:''' ||Select Debug mode to out put Media DB results logfile.||
     19 ||'''Create Thumb Picture:''' ||automatically Create Thumbnails for items in the MediaDB.||
     20 ||'''Create Record Picture:''' ||Automatically Creat Thumbnails for recordings.||
     21
     22To __"Store"__ the settings Exit from the EPG Settings Menu by pressing __"OK"__ or press __"Exit"__ to cancel changes.
     23
     24
Note: See TracChangeset for help on using the changeset viewer.